Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Other Precious Metals / National Storage REIT

National Storage REIT

nsr · ASX Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker nsr
Exchange ASX
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Other Precious Metals
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · National Storage REIT
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT

2 0 2 3

Important 
INFORMATION

Table of 
CONTENTS

ABOUT THIS REPORT

Welcome to National Storage REIT’s 2023 Annual Report 
which reports our performance for the financial year  
1 July 2022 – 30 June 2023.

THE 2023 REPORTING SUITE INCLUDES:

Annual Report – a review of FY23 performance, strategy 
and governance.

Financial Report – FY23 financial accounts and detailed 
financial performance.

All of NSR’s reporting is available online at 
nationalstorageinvest.com.au.

Sustainability Report – outlines NSR’s approach to 
sustainability. The 2023 Sustainability Report will be released 
prior to National Storage REIT’s AGM and will be available 
online at nationalstorageinvest.com.au at that time.

ENTITIES

National Storage Holdings Limited  
ACN 166 572 845 (“NSH” or the “Company”)  
National Storage Property Trust ARSN 101 227 712 (“NSPT”) 
together form the stapled entity National Storage REIT 
(“NSR” or the “Consolidated Group”).

RESPONSIBLE ENTITY OF NSPT

National Storage Financial Services Limited (NSFL) 
ACN 600 787 246 AFSL 475 228 
Level 16, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

DISCLAIMER

This is the Annual Report for National Storage REIT which comprises the 
combined assets and operations of National Storage Holdings Limited 
(ACN 166 572 845) (“NSH”) and the National Storage Property Trust 
(ARSN 101 227 712) (“NSPT”). This report has been prepared by NSH 
and NSFL (ACN 600 787 246 AFSL 475 228) as responsible entity for NSPT. 
National Storage REIT (ASX: NSR) currently has stapled securities on issue 
on the Australian Securities Exchange (“ASX”) each comprising one unit 
in NSPT and one ordinary share in NSH (“Stapled Securities”). 

The information contained in this report should not be taken as financial 
product advice and has been prepared as general information only 
without consideration of your particular investment objectives, financial 
circumstances or particular needs. This report is not an invitation, offer or 
recommendation (express or implied) to apply for or purchase or take 
any other action in respect of Stapled Securities. 

This report contains forward looking statements and forecasts, including 
statements regarding future earnings and distributions. These forward 
looking statements and forecasts are not guarantees of future 

performance, and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties 
and other factors, many of which are beyond the control of NSH and/
or NSFL, and which may cause actual results or performance to differ 
materially from those expressed or implied by the forward looking 
statements and forecasts contained in this report. 

No representation is made that any of these statements or forecasts will 
come to pass or that any forecast result will be achieved. Similarly, no 
representation is given that the assumptions upon which forward looking 
statements and forecasts may be based are reasonable. These forward 
looking statements and forecasts are based on information available 
to NSH and/or NSFL as of the date of this report. Except as required 
by law or regulation (including the ASX Listing Rules) each of NSH and 
NSFL undertake no obligation to update or revise these forward looking 
statements or forecasts.

Certain financial information in this report is prepared on a different basis 
to the Financial Report, which is prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards. Any additional financial information in this 
report which is not included in the Financial Report was not subject to 
independent audit or review by Ernst & Young.

n   OUR BUSINESS 

n   FY23 PERFORMANCE HIGHLIGHTS 

n   NSR STRATEGY 

n   NSR PORTFOLIO 

n   CHAIRMAN &  

MANAGING DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

n   INVESTMENT PARTNERS 

n   THE YEAR IN REVIEW 

n   BOARD OF DIRECTORS 

n   CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

n   DIRECTORS’ REPORT 

n   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

n   INVESTOR RELATIONS 

n   CORPORATE DIRECTORY 

5

6

8

10

   14

18

20

24

28

30

62

130

131

Annual Report 2023

3

 
Our 
BUSINESS

National Storage is Australasia’s largest self-storage 

provider, tailoring self-storage solutions to approximately 

90,000 residential and commercial customers at more 

than 230 storage centres across Australia and New 

Zealand. National Storage REIT is the only publicly listed, 

pure play, fully integrated, internally managed, owner 

and operator of self-storage centres in Australasia. The 

National Storage offering spans self-storage, business 

storage, climate-controlled wine storage and trading, 

vehicle storage, vehicle and trailer hire, packaging 

supplies and insurance. In addition to the traditional 

self-storage offering, National Storage provides value-

add services for businesses including receipt and 

dispatch, corporate account management, forklifts 

and pallet jacks, and versatile, adaptable spaces to suit 

customers' needs. Each National Storage centre reflects 

our commitment to quality, convenience and service. 

At National Storage, you can expect secure, clean and 

modern premises and a team of professionals trained in 

the exacting task of providing efficient storage.

"APPROXIMATELY  

90,000 RESIDENTIAL 

AND COMMERCIAL 

CUSTOMERS AND 

OVER 230 STORAGE 

CENTRES ACROSS 

AUSTRALIA AND  

NEW ZEALAND."

5

Annual Report 2023FY23 
PERFORMANCE
HIGHLIGHTS

FINANCIAL  HIGHLIGHTS

$330.0m
Total Revenue

$320.4m
IFRS Profit

$141.8m
Underlying  
Earnings1

11.5cps
Underlying  
Earnings per  
Stapled Security

11.0cps
Distribution  
per  
Stapled Security

$4.29b
 Investment 3 
Properties 

FY22: $278.9m

FY22: $620.6m

FY22: $126.5m

FY22: 10.6cps

FY22: 10.0cps

FY22: $3.73b

  18%

  48%

  12%

  8.5%

  10%

  15%

OPERATIONAL  HIGHLIGHTS

234
Number of  
Centres
(30 June 2023)

1,280,000
Square Metres  
of Net 
Lettable Area

85%
Group2 
Occupancy

$270
Group2 
Revenue per 
Available Metre

66%
Operating 
Margin

660
Employees

FY22: 226

FY22: 1,180,000

FY22: 88.5%

FY22: $260

FY22: 64%

FY22: 616

   8

8%

  3.5%

3.6%

  2%

   7%

CAPITAL STRENGTH

$4.6b
Total Asset  
Value

20%
Gearing

3.5yrs
Weighted  
Average  
Debt Tenor

$2.48
Net Tangible  
Assets per  
Stapled Security

FY22: $4.1b

FY22: 23%

FY22: 3.3yrs

FY22: $2.34 

1.   Underlying earnings is a non-IFRS measure 

(unaudited)

2.   Group – Australia and New Zealand (195 centres)

n   Australia – 169 centres as at 30 June 2021 
(excluding Wine Ark, managed centres  
and let-up centres)

n    New Zealand – 26 centres as at 30 June 2022  
(excluding Wine Ark and managed centres)

   13%

   3%

 0.2

  6%

3.  Net of lease liability

SPRINGFIELD, QLD

Annual Report 2023

7

 
 
NSR 
VISION & MISSION 

OUR VISION: To be a world leader in the provision of innovative 
and sustainable self-storage solutions

OUR MISSION: United as one team, we commit to consistently 
and responsibly deliver on our four pillars of strategic growth

NSR 
FOUR PILLARS

ORGANIC GROWTH 

Optimising occupancy and 
rate growth on an individual 
centre basis, combined 
with prudent cost 
management

ACQUISITIONS,  
DEVELOPMENTS  
& EXPANSIONS

Market leading opportunities 
in combination with delivery 
capabilities to drive  
sustained growth

TECHNOLOGY  
& AUTOMATION

Leadership in development  
and implementation of 
innovative technology 
and automation

SUSTAINABILITY

Instilling trust and confidence
that we are building a resilient
and sustainable business
for our stakeholders

Annual Report 2023

9

NSR 
PORTFOLIO

DARWIN

WESTERN 
AUSTRALIA

30

CENTRES

NORTHERN 
TERRITORY

3

CENTRES

SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA

10

CENTRES

ADELAIDE

PERTH

The National Storage 
portfolio continues to 
grow across Australia and 
New Zealand with storage 
centres conveniently 
located in capital cities and 
regional areas that exhibit 
drivers of storage demand.

As at 30 June 2023.

*Map not to scale.

NORTH QUEENSLAND

234
TOTAL 
CENTRES

QUEENSLAND

68

CENTRES

NEW SOUTH WALES

37

CENTRES

HERVEY BAY

SUNSHINE COAST & NOOSA

BRISBANE

GOLD COAST

HUNTER & CENTRAL COAST

SYDNEY & BLUE MOUNTAINS

WOLLONGONG & ILLAWARRA

VICTORIA

43

CENTRES

CANBERRA

4

CENTRES

GEELONG MELBOURNE

LAUNCESTON

HOBART

6

CENTRES

TASMANIA

AUCKLAND

HAMILTON

NEW ZEALAND

33

CENTRES

BAY OF PLENTY

WELLINGTON

CHRISTCHURCH

DUNEDIN

Annual Report 2023

11

Portfolio 
STATISTICS  - JUNE 2023

AUSTRALIAN PORTFOLIO BY NLA

NEW ZEALAND PORTFOLIO BY NLA

CENTRES

NLA

32

15

11

10

21

11

4

4

2

38

4

10

30

6

3

198,500

84,800

60,900

54,100

107,200

53,600

25,300

33,000

10,600

196,800

16,400

54,100

162,200

23,000

17,000

201

1,097,500

REGION

Brisbane

Gold Coast

Sunshine Coast

North Queensland

Sydney

Central Coast (NSW)

Wollongong

Canberra

Albury

Melbourne

Geelong

Adelaide

Perth

Tasmania

Darwin

TOTAL

PORTFOLIO VALUATION

REGION

Auckland

Hamilton

Wellington

Christchurch

Dunedin

Regional

TOTAL

CENTRES

NLA

8

5

8

6

2

4

61,450

19,790

45,110

22,520

17,420

15,920

33

182,200

PORTFOLIO COMPOSITION

Freehold

Leasehold

Managed

TOTAL

221

12

1

234

TOTAL VALUATION (AUS $BILLION): $4.29b                          WEIGHTED AVERAGE PRIMARY CAP RATE: 5.91%

STATE 

QLD 

VIC 

NSW  

NZ 

WA 

SA 

TAS 

ACT 

NT 

TOTAL 

MOOROOKA, QLD

Exchange Rate: 1.087

VALUATION

CENTRES 

NLA  

68 

44 

36 

33 

30 

10 

6 

4 

3 

398,300 

223,800 

186,100 

182,200 

162,200 

54,100 

23,000 

33,000 

17,000 

% 

31 

17 

15 

14 

13 

4 

2 

3 

1 

$M 

1,293 

919 

627 

475 

518 

176 

80 

152 

46 

%

30

21 

15

11

12

4

2

4

1

234 

1,279,700 

100% 

4,285 

100%

13

Annual Report 2023 
Chair man &   
Managing Directors’ 
REPORT

NSR has delivered pleasing outcomes in FY23 for 

n   Pleasingly our Operating Margin also increased –  

National Storage’s stakeholders, despite marked 

up 2% to 66%, illustrating our ability to drive synergies 

changes in the economic environment. The 

and economies of scale from the self-storage 

exceptionally high demand drivers experienced as 

platform, now over 230 centres across Australia and 

a result of COVID-19-related changes to domestic 

New Zealand.

consumer spending, have moderated. In addition, 

the increased pressure on the residential sector from 

significantly higher interest rates is also having a 

noticeable impact on housing related and general 

retail demand. Notwithstanding these headwinds,  

NSR has maintained its occupancy at very high  

levels and grown its revenue across Australia and  

New Zealand, building on its robust growth trajectory. 

Our high performing teams across all business sectors 

have demonstrated their commitment to our business, 

and in these increasingly challenging economic 

conditions, we remain confident that NSR’s long 

established business model will continue to deliver  

solid results for our stakeholders. 

NSR has successfully navigated the challenges of the 

evolving operating environment faced in FY23 through 

the execution of a number of important strategies. 

These strategies have included further strengthening 

of NSR’s balance sheet by way of a highly successful 

capital raising undertaken in March 2023. NSR raised 

$300 million through an institutional placement, plus 

a further $40 million via a security purchase plan to 

retail securityholders. The equity raisings were heavily 

oversubscribed and undertaken at a modest 4% 

discount to NSR’s last closing price immediately prior to 

the announcement of the institutional placement. This 

raising has significantly bolstered NSR’s balance sheet 

and places NSR’s gearing at 20% as at 30 June 2023 - 

Our key results achieved across FY23 reflect the 

at the lower end of the entire A-REIT sector.

strength and resilience of our business:

n   Underlying earnings increased 8.5% to 11.5cps

In conjunction with its equity capital management 

activities, NSR has significantly extended and improved 

both the headroom, scope and tenor of its debt 

n   Group REVPAM increased 3.6% to $270/m2

facilities. In June 2023, NSR announced a substantial 

n   Group rate per square metre increased 8.2%  

to $319/m2

new syndicated term debt facility involving 18 new 

and existing banks, raising $400 million equally split 

between five and seven year maturities. This debt was 

n   Group occupancy reduced slightly to 85.0% 

competitively priced and was heavily oversubscribed, 

n    Increase in overall investment properties to $4.3 

billion, with valuation uplift driven by improved 

operational performance and a largely unchanged 

weighted average portfolio capitalisation rate  

of 5.91% 

demonstrating the relative strength of NSR’s position 

from a lending perspective. NSR has since increased 

its hedge profile, as well as extending and negotiating 

a number of new smaller debt facilities. Once 

finalised NSR will have $820 million of documented 

but available funding capacity, and well over $1 

n   NTA up by 6% to $2.48 reflecting our ability to 

billion of headroom before it reaches the upper end 

add value to the portfolio through enhancing 

of its targeted gearing range. This further highlights 

operational performance and creating  

the resilience and conservative positioning of NSR’s 

operating efficiencies

operating business model.

n   Total Revenue for the Group increased to $330 

Our Board members, Executive team, and Heads of 

million, up 18% on the prior year 

Department have spent considerable time and effort 

"NSR HAS MAINTAINED 
ITS OCCUPANCY AT 
VERY HIGH LEVELS AND 
GROWN ITS REVENUE 
ACROSS AUSTRALIA 
AND NEW ZEALAND, 
BUILDING ON ITS 
ROBUST GROWTH 
TRAJECTORY"

reviewing every aspect of our strategy and current 

design efficiency and material selection, improving 

business operations in order to evolve our systems and 

our customers’ experience, heightening staff 

processes in the pursuit of excellence as part of our 

engagement and supporting our partners and the 

Four Pillars Growth Strategy. As a result of this whole 

communities in which we operate.

of business review, our Four Pillars have evolved to 

embrace the following:

NSR has executed its highly focused Four Pillars Growth 

Strategy throughout FY23. This has evolved into FY24 

n    Organic Growth - Optimise organic growth through 

with the introduction of our new Sustainability pillar, 

active revenue management, enquiry optimisation 

demonstrating our tangible commitment to ensuring 

and conversion, technology and automation,  

sustainability overlays all aspects of our business. As 

and continued cost efficiency throughout the  

NSR’s business matures, it is important to refine and 

NSR business;

n   Acquisitions, Developments and Expansions - 

Centralised acquisition and development team 

with a diversified delivery pipeline to expedite and 

simplify the project delivery process and maximise 

returns. Individual Centre Optimisation program also 

underway to maximise individual centre operations 

and returns on a centre-by-centre basis;

evolve our strategies in order to ensure that our core 

objective of maximising return on securityholders 

funds invested is achieved. This objective is primarily 

focused on our First Pillar - Organic Growth. Organic 

Growth is achieved through our regimented 

approach to growing same centre revenue through 

the increasing utilisation of automation and revenue 

management tools that help make our operations 

both more efficient and effective. Our team remains 

n   Technology and Automation - Utilise data analytics 

highly focused on building scale as well as improving 

to improve customer acquisition and retention, 

operating margin, demonstrating our unified focus of 

increasing focus on existing and new centre 

driving efficiencies across the business.

automation projects to enhance overall efficiency 

and profitability, centralisation of systems and 

processes to reduce overheads and improve control 

and cyber security;

The Organic Growth Pillar is underpinned by a clear 

focus on our people and optimising their overall 

performance. We provide ongoing training and 

support for our team members, focusing on helping 

n   Sustainability (ESG) - Improve our solar generation 

them realise their “best selves” while driving sustained 

capacity to further reduce centres’ energy costs 

high-level business outcomes. National Storage has 

and carbon footprint, charting a pathway to net 

improved collaboration within teams which has 

zero emissions. Focus on adaptive reuse, recycling, 

delivered sustainable high-performance results, this is 

Annual Report 2023

15

further supported by the development of a succession 

accretive opportunities sourced from our team’s 

operating margin in coming years. Current initiatives 

inaugural June 2020 audit. In addition, we have 

pipeline for key roles, creating talent pathways as well 

long-standing industry insights in an aim to enhance 

include wayfinding technology, improved self-

undertaken a climate impact risk assessment of our 

as providing business continuity. Through our ‘NS Cares’ 

our existing footprint. The second limb of this strategic 

service and payment options for our customers, and 

portfolio to identify those assets that may be vulnerable 

program we are committed to providing meaningful 

pillar is to provide ongoing built capacity by way of 

further development of our internal sales platform to 

to hazards caused by extreme weather and climate 

support to four charitable organisations. We are proud 

our Development and Expansion pipeline, as well as 

provide improved sales metrics and analytics for our 

change. More details on our ESG initiatives will be 

to currently partner with charities across the important 

undertaking selected Centre Optimisations to improve 

management and frontline teams. Our focus in FY24 

included in our Sustainability Report. 

areas of medical research, mental health, support and 

centre efficiency and add important new built capacity 

safety, all housed under the umbrella of “creating  

where appropriate opportunity exists. 

safe spaces” – a cornerstone of our mission here at 

National Storage.

NSR has secured an unrivalled portfolio of over 60 new 

development and expansion opportunities which will 

"WE ARE PROUD 

TO CURRENTLY 

PARTNER WITH 

CHARITIES ACROSS 

THE IMPORTANT 

AREAS OF MEDICAL 

RESEARCH, MENTAL 

HEALTH, SUPPORT 

AND SAFETY"

Our Second Pillar of 

add new built capacity to the portfolio in ensuing 

growth is focused 

years. The importance of scale in the Australian and 

on creating built 

capacity. This is 

New Zealand markets cannot be overstated. This 

strategy will enable NSR to build an unrivalled network 

manifested through 

of self-storage centres in key markets. Our current 

the combination 

development pipeline has increased to approximately 

of Acquisitions, 

Developments, 

Expansions and 

360,000m2, with 45 active projects at various stages  

of completion, providing NSR with the opportunity to 

break ground on new sites in both infill locations and 

Centre Optimisations. 

new markets. 

NSR seeks to acquire 

only existing storage 

assets which have 

the potential to be 

yield accretive in the three to five years immediately 

post their acquisition. Historically, NSR has demonstrated 

an ability to add on average 1% per annum in yield 

accretion to storage assets acquired over the last 

five years. This means in effect that storage assets 

acquired five years ago are on average performing 

with an annualised yield which is 5% greater than 

their original yield on cost. Our acquisition strategy 

remains focused predominantly on off-market, value 

The Third Pillar of our growth strategy is Technology 

and Innovation. NSR utilises data analytics to improve 

customer acquisition and retention, allowing us to 

increase focus on existing and new centre automation 

projects to enhance overall efficiency and profitability. 

The centralisation of our systems and processes will 

allow us to reduce overheads and improve control 

over our business. NSR has a suite of technology and 

innovation projects all designed to optimise enquiry 

generation and new customer conversion into sales 

and centre efficiency, whilst reducing overheads. 

These initiatives will be key to the successful scalability 

of our business as well as allowing us to improve our 

includes the further evolution of our cyber security 

program, new telephony platform for centres aimed 

at delivering AI for greater automation, integration 

of workforce management tools and our core sales 

platform, and the automation of accounts receivable 

processes. These initiatives strive to drive efficiency, 

reduce costs and enhance customer experience.

Our new Fourth Pillar is Sustainability. This reflects our 

determination to be the most attractive investment 

in our sector – because we overlay our business with 

a sustainable lens, creating trust and confidence 

that we are building a business for the benefit of our 

securityholders, customers, employees, communities, 

and the planet. NSR is working to improve its solar 

generation capacity to further reduce our centres’ 

energy costs and our carbon footprint, while charting 

a pathway to net zero emissions. Through the 

development and improvement of our centres, NSR 

In summary, NSR remains well positioned for growth 

during these uncertain and challenging times. The NSR 

platform is highly scalable and by far the largest owner 

operated, fully internally managed, storage-specific 

REIT in Australasia. We will focus on expanding the NSR 

business with a view to maximising earnings per security, 

for the benefit of all stakeholders. 

As a closing remark, we would again offer our sincere 

thanks to all stakeholders. You have again provided NSR 

with unwavering support during these uncertain times 

- support for which we are both humbled and grateful. 

We will remain focused on working together to achieve 

best in class results for our stakeholders year after year. 

focuses on adaptive reuse, recycling, design efficiency 

Anthony Keane 

and material selection, improving our customers’ 

experience, and heightening staff engagement. A 

key achievement in FY23 included the completion 

of our third carbon audit across the NSR group. This 

audit again highlighted NSR's relatively low carbon 

emissions with it's Scope 1 and 2 emissions sitting at an 

average of 38 tonnes of CO2e per centre, a reduction 

of approximately 30% per centre compared to the 

NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIRMAN

Andrew Catsoulis
MANAGING DIRECTOR

Annual Report 2023

17

Investment 
PARTNERS

National Storage continues to work with its  

the National Storage brand as a prominent player in 

current investment partners, and engage with  

the Perth market. Various sites in and around Perth 

new investment partners, to assess options  

have been identified as part of the arrangement, 

for future acquisition, development and 

whereby Parsons Group constructs high-quality 

redevelopment opportunities.

PERTH DEVELOPMENT PORTFOLIO

The Perth Development Portfolio is a construction 

and management arrangement with one of Perth’s 

leading self-storage construction companies, 

Parsons Group. This venture continues to reinforce 

self-storage centres branded as National Storage. 

The partnership to date has delivered multiple new 

self-storage centres and expansions, with additional 

locations currently under design and construction. 

Over the last year, multiple new sites have been 

reviewed and added to the development pipeline 

and are currently in various stages of due diligence 

and planning.

BRYAN FAMILY GROUP 

OTHER PARTNERS

National Storage and Bryan Family Group cemented 

National Storage continues to work with numerous 

their partnership in FY22 to jointly develop a site at 

other development partners for the construction 

Moorooka in Brisbane. This resulted in a high-quality 

of quality self-storage centres. These partnerships 

storage centre and service station that commenced 

have delivered multiple new self-storage centres 

operation in the second half of FY22. National Storage 

over recent years, with additional centres currently 

acquired the storage centre from the partnership  

under construction in Queensland and Victoria. In 

in FY23.

addition, several centres in Queensland and Victoria 

are currently in various stages of design, planning and 

construction which, when delivered, will add to the 

National Storage network.

BYFORD, WA

Annual Report 2023

19

The year in 
REVIEW

"HOUSING 

APPROXIMATELY  

TWO MILLION BOTTLES 

OF FINE WINE,  

WINE ARK OPERATIONS 

TAKE PLACE ACROSS  

15 CENTRES FOR CLIENTS 

LOCATED IN OVER  

40 COUNTRIES."

ASSET MANAGEMENT 

DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPANSIONS

National Storage continued to deliver positive revenue 

Our focus on expanding capacity with high-quality 

results in FY23, supported by the ongoing success of our 

strategic assets continues. This year the development 

revenue management software and the operations 

pipeline has increased to approximately 360,000m2  

team. This software utilised forecast and sensitivity 

of expansion potential from a combination of 

modelling, supported by AI, to maximise occupied 

strategically acquired development sites, and the 

revenue growth, drive key metric performance, and 

expansion of existing portfolio assets. There are currently 

achieve stabilised occupancy and rate per square 

45 active projects at various stages, with 20 projects 

metre levels on an individual unit basis.

under construction or with DA approval obtained and 

the remaining projects undergoing detailed design 

and planning. Four projects completed during FY23, 

including our newest operational development asset 

now trading in greater Springfield.

WINE ARK 

Wine Ark is Australia’s largest wine storage provider 

and is a part of the National Storage Group. Housing 

approximately two million bottles of fine wine, Wine 

Ark operates across 15 centres for clients located in 

over 40 countries. There are few businesses in Australia 

with more experience in the exacting task of storing 

and managing premium wine. Wine Ark’s wine storage 

functions are complemented by a compelling wine 

sales offering. This offering gives clients the opportunity 

to acquire new release wines from iconic Australian 

and overseas vendors, coupled with the opportunity for 

existing clients and the broader wine-buying public to 

purchase surplus wine in Wine Ark’s storage. This surplus 

wine purchasing platform is popular with restaurants, 

as they can acquire aged wines with guaranteed 

provenance, enabling them to sell with confidence.

Throughout FY23, Wine Ark continued to strengthen its 

relationship and involvement in the greater wine trade 

industry, supporting the endeavours of The Len Evans 

Tutorial, The Wine Communicators of Australia and 

Commanderie de Bordeaux (Australian Chapter).

The 30 June 2023 REVPAM across the Group portfolio 

(195 centres) was $270/m2, a 3.6% increase from the 

June 2022 result of $260/m2.

Occupancy across the portfolio on this same basis 

also reduced slightly to 85.0% (June 2022: 88.5%). The 

National Storage operations team across Australia 

and New Zealand continued to deliver strong results 

during the year, despite the various macro and micro 

economic challenges posed throughout the period. 

A focus on sales training and team development, 

as well as improved marketing and technology 

saw conversion remain strong. An increased focus 

on ancillary review streams such as packaging, 

insurance and other “add-on” services delivered 

strong revenues. Changes to the internal sales platform 

also saw ongoing improvements in customer service 

via automation and optimisation processes, while 

ensuring we met the demands of an evolving trading 

environment. Internal promotion and continued centre 

growth has seen the state-based leadership teams 

expand, from both internal and external appointments.

ACQUISITIONS

National Storage has successfully transacted eight 

acquisitions and development sites in FY23 and 

continues to pursue high-quality acquisitions across 

Australia and New Zealand. The ability to acquire and 

integrate strategic accretive acquisitions is one of 

National Storage’s major competitive advantages and 

a cornerstone of its growth strategy. This active growth 

strategy also strengthens and scales the National 

Storage operating platform which drives efficiencies 

across the business.

WINE ARK ALEXANDRIA, NSW

Annual Report 2023

21

MARKETING AND 
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE

The National Storage FY23 marketing strategy 

concentrated on enhancing our capabilities in digital 

marketing, sponsorships, and community engagement. 

We prioritised the expansion of our digital presence 

to attract more customers to our website, resulting in 

increased online enquiries and bookings. By aligning 

all our digital activities with our vision of an exceptional 

customer experience, we were able to offer a seamless 

digital booking process, extending to customers who 

initiated their booking through our Contact Centre.

To better support our customers in New Zealand, 

we established a new Contact Centre located in 

Auckland. This initiative was specifically aimed at 

providing a local point of contact for our growing  

New Zealand customer base.

Our sponsorship activities in FY23 were geared 

towards acquiring customers through various 

campaigns targeting our digital channels, as well as 

direct engagement with sponsor members and fan 

databases. The data capture and retail promotion 

campaigns led to an impressive 106% surge in 

unique web sessions compared to the previous year, 

demonstrating a favourable response from our target 

audience to our nationwide sponsorship initiatives.

To strengthen brand trust beyond 

digital and sponsorships, our 

marketing communications 

placed significant emphasis on the 

community aspect of our business. 

Through the launch of our NS 

Cares charitable initiative, and the 

continuation of our Community Units 

Program, National Storage actively 

supported community groups in the 

areas in which we operate.

Our approach to customer care 

maintained a strong focus on 

customer centricity. By being 

responsive to customer needs and 

ensuring a smooth experience when 

"TO STRENGTHEN 
BRAND TRUST 
BEYOND DIGITAL 
AND SPONSORSHIPS, 
OUR MARKETING 
COMMUNICATIONS 
PLACED SIGNIFICANT 
EMPHASIS ON THE 
COMMUNITY ASPECT 
OF OUR BUSINESS"

working with National Storage, we aimed to further 

enhance convenience and drive growth to achieve 

our targeted occupancy objectives.

INTERNATIONAL WOMEN'S DAY FUN RUN, QLD

Annual Report 2023

23

Board of   
DIRECTORS

Anthony 
KEANE

Howard 
BRENCHLEY

Inma  
BEAUMONT

Scott  
SMITH

Independent  
Non-Executive Chairman

Independent  
Non-Executive Director

BSc (Maths), GradDipCorpFin, GAICD

BEc

Independent  
Non-Executive Director

BA (Maths) BA Hons (Economics and 
Commerce), FCCA, GAICD

Independent  
Non- Executive Director

BBus (Marketing)

Anthony is an experienced finance and business 

Howard has over 35 years’ involvement in the 

Inma brings her commercial acumen and diverse 

Scott has over 25 years’ experience in the 

executive with an extensive background in 

Australian property industry, as an analyst, 

range of experience to the NSR board. As a 

Technology and Telecommunications sector across 

banking and business management. Prior to 

investor and fund manager. Howard cofounded 

senior finance executive, she has had leadership 

the Asia Pacific region, including a breadth of 

accepting his directorship with National Storage, 

Property Investment Research Pty Ltd (PIR) in 

roles spanning Financial Control, Internal Audit 

experience gained from working for large global 

Anthony held numerous leadership roles with 

1989, which during the 1990s was considered a 

and Risk Management within top multinationals 

telecommunication organisations before founding 

a major trading bank principally in business, 

leading researcher of both listed and unlisted 

in Energy, FMCG and Banking. In addition, she 

his own successful managed service provider 

corporate and institutional banking. He is actively 

property funds. In 1998 Howard was instrumental 

has governance experience as Chair of Finance, 

company. Scott holds a Bachelor of Business 

involved in the business community through Non-

in establishing the funds management business of 

Audit and Risk Committees across several boards 

(Marketing) from the Queensland University of 

Executive Director and Advisory Board roles, and 

APN Property Group Limited. During this period, 

where she has a record of delivering revenue 

Technology and has extensive experience in 

finance advisory consultancies.

Anthony is a Director of ASX listed EMvision 

Medical Devices Ltd (EMV). Anthony has 

he was responsible for the establishment and 

operations of a number of funds investing both 

directly and indirectly in real estate. 

a Bachelor of Science (Mathematics) from 

Since 1998, Howard has been a director (or the 

University of Adelaide and a Graduate Diploma in 

director of the responsible entity) of numerous 

Corporate Finance from Swinburne. He is a Fellow 

listed and unlisted real estate investment vehicles.

of the Financial Services Institute of Australasia, a 

Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company 

Directors and a Fellow of the CEO Institute. 

Anthony is Chair of the Nomination Committee 

and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee 

and Remuneration Committee.

Howard is Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 

and is a member of the Nomination and 

Remuneration Committees.

growth. More recently, she has led marketing, 

technology and leadership positions. Having 

public relations and stakeholder engagement 

successfully co-founded Comlinx (Managed Service 

teams. Inma is culturally and linguistically diverse 

Provider) in 2006, he went on to sell that business to 

and brings a different perspective to the board  

ASX listed Telecommunications provider Over the 

of NSR. 

Inma is currently a non-executive director of UN 

Women Australia. She holds a BA (Mathematics) 

and BA Hons (Economics and Commerce) from 

Wire (ASX: OTW) in 2018 and continued in the senior 

leadership team, taking over the role of CEO of 

OTW in February 2020. OTW has subsequently been 

sold to Aussie Broadband (ASX: ABB).

the University of Valencia, Spain, is a Fellow of the 

Presently, Scott serves as a consultant in the 

Association of Chartered Certified Accountants 

technology industry and is on the Advisory Board of 

and is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of 

Heal Inc, a San Francisco-based software company 

Company Directors. 

Inma is a member of the Audit and Risk, 

Nomination, and Remuneration Committees.

specialising in AiOps and Machine Learning 

capabilities. Additionally, he is actively involved 

in various Corporate Advisory engagements and 

early-stage technology investments. 

Scott is Chair of the Remuneration Committee and 

is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and 

Nomination Committee.

Annual Report 2023

25

EXECUTIVES

Andrew  
CATSOULIS

Claire  
FIDLER

Stuart  
OWEN

Manny  
LYNCH

Managing Director

Executive Director and  
Company Secretary

Chief Financial Officer

Chief People Officer

BA LLB Grad Dip Project Mgmt (Hons)

LLB (Hons) BBus – Intl Bus GAICD FGIA

BBus, CPA, GAICD

Dip Prof Couns, Dip WHS

A founder of the National Storage business, 

Claire was appointed an Executive Director in 

Stuart joined National Storage in late 2014, with 

Manny joined National Storage in late 2015,  

Andrew has over 25 years’ of specific  

July 2017 and has been the Company Secretary 

extensive experience in the energy sector in coal 

with experience in leadership, WHS, culture  

self-storage industry expertise in areas including 

of National Storage since November 2015. She 

and gas fired power generation. He has held wide 

and wellbeing. Immediately preceding  

acquisitions, developments, and the integration 

was appointed Head of Legal and Governance 

ranging finance and commercial management 

his appointment to the Executive Team,  

and operation of ‘greenfield’ and developed 

in June 2020 and now oversees the legal, 

roles, including as Commercial Manager for 

Manny held senior leadership positions  

self-storage centres.

Andrew is a qualified solicitor who has been 

admitted to the Supreme Court of Queensland. 

He has had extensive experience in the fields of 

finance, commercial and property law during his 

tenure at major law firms both in Australia and 

overseas. He is also a qualified project manager 

governance, risk and compliance functions of the 

organisation. Claire holds legal and international 

business qualifications and is admitted as a 

solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queensland. 

Claire has twenty years’ experience in corporate 

and commercial law, both in private practice 

and in-house.

Energy Developments Limited.

within National Storage’s corporate and 

Prior to this, Stuart was Commercial Manager 

operational departments.

on the delivery of a multi-site gas fired power 

Prior to joining National Storage, Manny 

generation project and micro-LNG plant. He 

managed welfare, leadership, and culture at 

has significant experience in project financing, 

the Brisbane Lions AFC, WHS management 

mergers and acquisitions, and project 

at Hydro Tasmania, and has several years’ 

development. Stuart holds a Bachelor of  

experience in elite sports performance. He 

and has considerable property development 

She practiced in the litigation, resources, and 

Business, is a Certified Practising Accountant 

also served in the Royal Australian Navy for 11 

experience both within the storage industry and 

corporate areas of two large law firms and as 

and is a graduate of the Australian Institute of 

years where he saw active service in the Gulf 

in broader markets.

Andrew was instrumental in the successful 

acquisition and integration of the original 

pre-existing Group portfolio, led the Company 

through the IPO, and planned and negotiated 

the acquisition of the Southern Cross portfolio in 

2016. He has led the company in its growth from 

a single centre in 1996 to over 200 centres today 

and has been primarily responsible for charting 

its strategy over that period.

Corporate Counsel and Company Secretary at 

Rio Tinto Coal Australia, prior to joining National 

Storage. Claire has also worked in corporate 

compliance with the Australian Securities and 

Investments Commission. Claire is a Graduate of 

the Australian Institute of Company Directors and 

a Fellow of the Governance Institute of Australia. 

Company Directors.

War and was awarded the Meritorious Unit 

Citation (issued for outstanding service in warlike 

operations), the Australian Active Service Medal, 

and the Kuwait Liberation Medal, among others.

Annual Report 2023

27

 
CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

SUSTAINABILITY

This year will see the release of National Storage’s 

seventh stand-alone sustainability report. The report 

is expected to be released in October 2023, prior to 

National Storage’s AGM and will be published online 

at nationalstorageinvest.com.au. The report will detail 

National Storage’s progress across its four sustainability 

pillars being strategy, environment, people and 

governance. Further, the environmental, social and 

governance aspects of the organisation will be reported 

and sustainability targets discussed.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The National Storage Boards are responsible for ensuring 

that the organisation has an appropriate corporate 

governance framework in place to protect and 

enhance the entities' performance and build sustainable 

value for securityholders. The corporate governance 

framework is based on the ASX Corporate Governance 

Council’s Corporate Governance Principles and 

Recommendations. More information is provided in 

NSR’s Corporate Governance Statement, which can be 

viewed online at nationalstorageinvest.com.au.

PENRITH, NSW

Annual Report 2023

29

 
Directors' 
REPORT

KEY HIGHLIGHTS 
Group 

Total Revenue 
IFRS profit after tax 
Earnings per stapled security 
Underlying earnings(1) 
Underlying earnings per stapled security(1) 
Net operating cashflow 
Distribution per security 

Portfolio 

Number of Centres owned/managed & licenced (Total) 
Group occupancy(2) 
Group REVPAM(2) (Revenue per available metre) 
Weighted Average Primary Cap Rate 
Investment Properties(3) 
Portfolio Valuation Uplift 
Acquisitions / Centres(3,4) 
Net Lettable Area (NLA) (sqm) 

Balance Sheet 

Total Assets(5) 
Debt drawn(5) 
Interest Rate Hedges(5) 
Gearing 
Weighted average cost of debt (Inc swaps) 
Weighted average debt tenor (years) 
Net Tangible Assets (NTA) 

FY23 

FY22 

Change 

$330.0m 
$320.4m 
25.75cps 
$141.8m 
11.5cps 
$188.3m 
11.0cps 

$278.9m 
$620.6m 
51.71cps 
$126.5m 
10.6cps 
$165.8m 
10.0cps 

At June 
2023 
233/1 (234) 
85.0% 
$270 
5.91% 
$4.29b 
$213m 
$120m/11 
1,280,000 

At June 
2022 
222/4 (226) 
88.5% 
$260 
5.86% 
$3.73b 
$532m 
$171m/15 
1,180,000 

At June 
2023 
$4.58b 
$947m 
$346m 
20% 
4.94% 
3.5 
$2.48 

At June 
2022 
$4.05b 
$975m 
$360m 
23% 
2.75% 
3.3 
$2.34 

18% 
(48%) 
(50%) 
12% 
8.5% 
14% 
10% 

Change 

11/(3) (8) 
(3.5%) 
3.6% 
(0.05%) 
15% 
($319m) 
($51m)/(4) 
8% 

Change 

13% 
($28m) 
($14m) 
(3%) 
2.19% 
0.2 
6% 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 
Listed on the ASX in December 2013, NSR’s Vision is “To be a world leader in the provision of innovative and 
sustainable self-storage solutions”.  NSR is the largest self-storage owner/operator across Australia and New 
Zealand, providing tailored storage solutions to approximately 90,000 customers. NSR’s extensive portfolio of 
owned, managed and licenced centres continues to expand, having grown the network from 62 centres at 
IPO in December 2013 to 236 centres at the date of this Directors’ Report.   

Net Lettable Area (NLA) growth in built capacity is also achieved through development, expansion and 
redevelopment with 4 newly constructed and expanded storage centres delivered during the Reporting 
Period adding 20,200m2 of NLA and a further 45 projects in various stages of design, construction and delivery.   
NSR now manages approximately 120,000 storage units across approximately 1.3 million square metres of NLA 
in Australia and New Zealand. NSR’s storage centres have the largest average NLA per centre of its listed 
Australian peers at 5,500m2 per centre, providing greater scope for centre profitability and better economies 
of scale.   

The value of Investment Properties(5) on NSR’s balance sheet has increased by 15% during the Reporting Period 
to $4.29 billion as at 30 June 2023.  

Of the 236 self-storage properties in the NSR portfolio at the date of this report, ownership is as follows:  

• 
• 
• 

223 self-storage centres owned by NSPT group (Freehold Centres) 
12 self-storage centres operated as long-term leasehold centres (Leasehold Centres)  
1 third party managed centre  

1 Underlying earnings is a non-IFRS measure (unaudited), see table within Operating Results for reconciliation 
2  Group – Australia and New Zealand (195 centres) 

Australia – 169 centres as at 30 June 2021 (excluding Wine Ark and let-up centres) 
New Zealand – 26 centres as at 30 June 2022 (excluding let-up centres) 

3 Investment properties net of lease liability 
4 Excluding transaction costs 
5 NZD/AUD exchange rate of 1.08746 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

31 

31

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the Reporting Period, NSR converted one of its Leasehold Centres to a Freehold Centre by acquiring 
the underlying freehold property interest from the former owner.  The ownership of both the business and the 
freehold of this centre now sits with NSR. 

NSR has refined its “Four Pillar” growth strategy during the year, combining the “Acquisitions” and 
“Development and Expansions” Pillars and adding “Sustainability” as the new Fourth Pillar.  The Sustainability 
Pillar emphasises NSR’s commitment to sustainability through a comprehensive Environmental, Social and 
Governance framework. 

BUSINESS STRATEGY 
NSR’s objective is to deliver investors consistent and growing income and distribution streams from a portfolio 
of geographically diversified high-quality self-storage assets. NSR strives to drive income and capital growth 
through active asset and portfolio management (including the acquisition, development or redevelopment 
and portfolio recycling of self-storage centres).  

The key drivers of NSR’s business are: 

•  Organic Growth - NSR achieves organic growth through a combination of occupancy and rate 

increases assessed on an individual centre basis 

•  Acquisitions, Development and Expansion - NSR has executed over 165 high-quality acquisitions since its 
IPO in December 2013 – a growth rate unmatched in the Australasian market. NSR has proven in-house 
expertise which enables it to identify, negotiate and deliver strategic development, expansion and 
refurbishment projects in an efficient and effective manner 
Technology and Innovation - NSR leads the Australasian storage industry with new technology and 
innovation projects designed to improve operational efficiency and enhance the customer and 
employee experience, providing an important competitive advantage over its peers 

• 

•  Sustainability – through NSR’s comprehensive Environmental, Social and Governance framework, NSR 

focuses on creating trust and confidence that we are delivering sustainable outcomes for our 
stakeholders and the environment. 

Further details on these key business drivers can be found elsewhere in the NSR 2023 Annual Report and NSR’s 
Sustainability Report. 

REVIEW AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS  
The Financial Statements of NSR are prepared in compliance with Australian Accounting Standards and the 
requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).   

OPERATING RESULTS 
IFRS Profit after tax for the Reporting Period was $320.4 million delivering IFRS EPS of 25.8 cents per stapled 
security.  The exceptional operating performance of the portfolio for the Reporting Period saw underlying 
earnings increase by 12.1% to $141.8 million.   

NSR achieved underlying earnings per stapled security of 11.5cps for the 2023 financial year, an increase of 
8.5% over the previous 12 months.  This result was driven by an 18% increase in total revenue to $330 million as 
REVPAM, a combination of rate per square metre and occupancy increased, as well as contributions from 
acquisitions and new developments.  Occupancy across the Group has remained at high levels, finishing the 
year at 85.0%, providing further upside for growth as NSR is well positioned to capitalise on the future growth in 
the industry.  Strong growth in Group rate of 8.0% to $319/m2 helped deliver Group REVPAM growth of 3.6% to 
270/m2.   REVPAM growth was strongest across Australia (+4.2%) with New Zealand reducing slightly by 1.1% as 
a result of the impact of the tougher New Zealand economic conditions.   Let-Up centres (those recently built 
or expanded) filled strongly with approximately 20,000m2 of new NLA filled during the Reporting Period and an 
additional 20,100m2 of built NLA added to the portfolio.  

The impact on operations due to economic uncertainties and higher interest rates remain relatively modest. 
The operational result for the full year reflects the highly resilient nature of NSR’s business model and its well-
executed growth strategy, as well as the high level of competency and commitment demonstrated by the 
NSR team across all aspects of the business.  

$m 
IFRS Profit after tax 
Plus tax expense 
Plus restructuring and other non-recurring costs 
Plus amortisation of interest rate swap reset 
Less fair value adjustment and FX movement 
Less lease diminution on leasehold investment properties 
Underlying Earnings 
Weighted average securities on issue (refer note 20) 
Underlying earnings per stapled security 

FY23 
$320.4 
$13.8 
- 
$5.4 
($189.4) 
($8.4) 
$141.8 
1,236,914,113 
11.5cps 

FY22 
$620.6 
$10.2 
$4.4 
$7.8 
($509.5) 
($7.0) 
$126.5 
1,189,922,871 
10.6cps 

CASH MANAGEMENT 
Cash and cash equivalents as at 30 June 2023 were $67.3 million compared to $83.7 million at 30 June 2022.  
Subsequent to 30 June 2023, the cash balance has been utilised to facilitate further acquisitions and the 
upcoming payment of the distribution on 5 September 2023.  Net operating cashflow for the year increased 
14% to $188.3 million (2022: $165.8 million). 

An interim distribution of 5.5 cents per stapled security ($66.0 million) was paid on 1 March 2023 with an 
estimated final distribution of 5.5 cents per stapled security ($74.2 million) declared on 21 June 2023, to be paid 
on 5 September 2023. This totals a full year distribution of 11.0 cents per stapled security, against underlying 
earnings per security of 11.5 cents, representing a payout ratio of 96%, within the target payout ratio of 90% - 
100% of underlying earnings. 

During the Reporting Period NSR once again offered a Distribution Reinvestment Plan (DRP) which enables 
eligible securityholders to receive part or all of their distribution by way of securities rather than cash.   

For the December 2022 interim distribution approximately 25% of eligible securityholders (by number of 
securities) elected to receive their distributions as securities totalling approximately $16.5 million.  The DRP price 
was set at $2.3099 which resulted in 7,129,077 new securities being issued.  

The June 2023 final distribution has seen approximately 35% of eligible securityholders (by number of securities) 
elect to receive their distributions as securities totalling approximately $25.7 million.  The DRP price was set at 
$2.1555 which will result in approximately 11,934,000 new securities being issued.   

NSR further strengthened its balance sheet during the year by way of a highly successful capital raising 
undertaken in March 2023. NSR raised $300 million through an institutional placement, plus a further $40 million 
by way of a security purchase plan (SPP) to retail securityholders. Both the institutional placement and SPP 
were heavily oversubscribed and were undertaken at a modest 4% discount to NSR’s last close immediately 
prior to the announcement of the institutional placement. This raising has significantly bolstered NSR’s balance 
sheet and reduced NSR’s gearing to historically low levels in these uncertain times.  

NSR actively manages its debt facilities to ensure it has adequate investment capacity to fund future 
acquisitions, developments and working capital requirements. During the year ended 30 June 2023, NSR 
extended and improved both the headroom, scope and tenor of its debt facilities. In June 2023, NSR 
announced a substantial new syndicated term debt facility involving 18 new and existing banks, raising $400 
million equally split between five and seven year maturities. This debt was competitively priced and was 
heavily oversubscribed, demonstrating the relative strength and attractiveness of NSR’s position from a lending 
perspective. NSR has since improved its hedge profile, and secured and extended additional new debt 
facilities, providing it with over $820 million of available funding, and well over $1 billion of headroom before it 
reaches the upper end of its targeted gearing range. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

32 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

33 

33

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As at the Reporting Date the Consolidated Group’s borrowing facilities are AUD $1,410 million and NZD $207 
million, with AUD equivalent of approximately $670 million undrawn and available.  NSR’s weighted average 
debt tenor as at the Reporting Date has increased to 3.5 years (30 June 2022: 3.3 years).  NSR actively monitors 
its debt structure with the aim of increasing diversity of funding sources and extending NSR’s debt tenor 
beyond 4 years.  NSR’s gearing level as at 30 June 2023 was 20% against a target gearing range of 25% - 40%, 
demonstrating a conservative position in the current debt environment and providing flexibility and the ability 
to act expeditiously on acquisition and development opportunities as they arise.   

NSR utilises interest rate derivatives in accordance with NSR’s hedging policy. This hedging policy is reviewed 
on a regular basis.  As at the Reporting Date interest rate hedges totalling $346 million were in place with 
expiry dates ranging from 0.25 years to 4.00 years. 

ACQUISITIONS AND INVESTMENTS 
NSR considers its ability to acquire and integrate quality self-storage assets to be one of the key drivers of its 
growth strategy and best-in-sector success to date.  NSR’s dedicated in-house acquisitions team leads the 
market in identifying, facilitating and transacting on acquisitions that are considered to be appropriate for 
inclusion in the NSR portfolio.   NSR critically assesses each potential acquisition against criteria such as: 

location and surrounding demographics of local catchment area; 

• 
•  competition and potential for future competition within the primary (3km) and secondary (5km) 

competitive radial areas; 

•  exposure to passing traffic – typically a minimum of 30,000 cars per day targeted; 
•  build quality and opportunities for value adding such as expansion potential, surplus land, occupancy 

runway or potential for rate per square metre improvement;  

•  proximity to major drivers of storage demand such as retirement villages, new housing development 
and / or medium density apartment or townhouse developments and major shopping centres; and 

•  environmental, sustainability and climate change risk.  

NSR has executed on its focused acquisition strategy with 10 new storage centres, the freehold of one 
previously leasehold storage centre and 22 development sites acquired during the Reporting Period, totalling 
$234 million.  Since the Reporting Date to the date of this Directors’ Report, NSR has settled two storage centre 
centres, two development sites, and purchased the freehold of an existing leasehold centre, for total 
consideration of $45.3m.   

NSR re-values all assets each Reporting Period through a combined process undertaken by both external 
valuers and Directors’ valuations.  Director valuations are based on valuations and methodologies from 
independent valuers (m3 Property and Cushman & Wakefield).   After having undertaken this process, the 
weighted average primary capitalisation rate of NSR’s portfolio of assets eased slightly by 5 basis points to 
5.91% and the value of the 30 June 2022 portfolio increased by $213 million, with the majority of this uplift 
driven by improved operating performance.  This contributed to the 6% increase in NTA which now sits at $2.48 
per stapled security, up from $2.34 per stapled security in June 2022.   

 Acquisitions for the Year Ended 30 June 2023 

Region 

New South Wales 

Queensland 

Victoria 

Western Australia 

New Zealand 

Total 

Development Sites 

Acquisition of Freehold 

Total 

NLA 
(m2) 

15,300 

6,200 

4,000 

18,700 

3,600 

47,800 

Number of 
Centres 
2 

1 

2 

3 

2 

10 

22 

1 

33 

INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES 
In June 2019, NSR with Bryan Family Group (“BFG”) acquired a combined commercial and self-storage 
development site at Biggera Waters on the Gold Coast.  Construction of a multi-level, state-of-the-art self-
storage facility was completed and commenced trading in January 2021. 

In December 2019, NSR with The Bryan Foundation (“TBF”) acquired a development site at Moorooka in 
Brisbane for the purpose of developing a combined commercial and self-storage facility.  Construction of the 
multi-level, state-of-the-art self-storage facility and commercial building was completed and commenced 
trading in January 2022.  During the Reporting Period NSR acquired the Moorooka self-storage facility. 

NSR has been appointed to manage the above projects and generates income from its provision of a range 
of services including design and development, project management, corporate administration and centre 
operations. 

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS 
NSR utilises its position as Australia's first and only ASX listed, pure play, internally managed, fully integrated, 
sector specific, self-storage REIT in order to execute its stated “Four Pillars” strategy.  This embodies: 

•  organic growth through increases in rate and occupancy at an individual centre level, overlayed with 

prudent cost control; 

•  growth by acquisition of quality storage centres across Australia and New Zealand, development, 

expansion and redevelopment activity focused on high-quality new self-storage developments in key 
locations and evaluating its existing portfolio for expansion, development or re-development 
opportunities, while exploring portfolio recycling opportunities;  
technology and innovation – harnessing new technology, innovation and AI to bring further 
efficiencies and economies of scale to NSR’s existing business model: and 
Sustainability through NSR’s comprehensive Environmental, Social and Governance framework, NSR 
focuses on delivery outcomes that are sustainable, for investors, employees, partners and the 
environment, while maximising returns for its stakeholders. 

• 

• 

DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS 
NSR has paid or declared distributions totalling 11.0 cents per stapled security for the Reporting Period, 
representing 96% of underlying earnings per stapled security of 11.5 cents: 

•  An estimated final distribution of 5.5 cents per stapled security for the 6 months to 30 June 2023.  The 
distribution is expected to be paid on 5 September 2023 and is expected to contain a tax deferred 
component. 

•  An interim distribution of 5.5 cents per stapled security for the period 1 July 2022 to 31 December 2022 

which was paid on 1 March 2023 which included a tax deferred component. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION 
NSR’s operations are not regulated by any environmental law of the Commonwealth or a State or Territory that 
is enacted specifically for NSR.  However, as part of its operations, NSR must comply with broader 
environmental laws.  NSH management on behalf of NSR has in place procedures to identify and ensure 
compliance with such laws including identifying and obtaining necessary approvals, consents or licences. 

There have been no known material breaches during the Reporting Period of any environmental laws to which 
NSR is subject. 

RISK MANAGEMENT 
NSR is committed to maintaining a robust system of risk oversight, management, and internal controls, fostering 
an environment where effective risk management practices are deeply ingrained within our business. We 
remain committed to proactively and efficiently managing risks throughout the organisation to instil 
confidence in our Board and other stakeholders.  

The Board of Directors holds the responsibility for ensuring the efficacy of NSR's risk management framework, 
which assesses and addresses risks concerning operational, regulatory, reputation, and financial aspects 
impacting the business.   

This framework establishes the basis and protocols for designing, implementing, monitoring, reviewing, and 
continuously improving risk management throughout the organisation, aligning with the principles outlined in 
the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (Fourth Edition) and incorporating 
guidelines from the Australian Standard AS/NZS ISO 31000:2018 Risk management – Principles and guidelines.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

34 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

35 

35

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Risk Committee (since amalgamated with the Audit Committee to form the Audit and Risk Committee 
effective 1 July 2023) supports the Board in overseeing the effectiveness of NSR’s risk management system by 
reviewing compliance in areas identified as particularly sensitive to risk. The Committee Charter is available to 
view on our investor website: nationalstorageinvest.com.au/governance/.   

The Board has entrusted the Managing Director with overall operational responsibility for the risk management 
function. The Managing Director receives support from the Executive Management Team, with the Chief 
Financial Officer overseeing financial risks and financial reporting matters, and the Head of Legal and 
Governance in her capacity as the Group’s Risk Officer handling the administration of the risk management 
function.  

Each department assumes responsibility for identifying and managing their respective risks. To promote 
consistency in capturing and reporting risks, NSR operates an enterprise-wide risk management system across 
the Group.  

During FY23, NSR was met by variable economic conditions, interest rate volatility, and emerging regulatory 
and policy changes. We continued to consider both our operational and responsible entity functions in 
applying NSR’s eleven risk management principles when communicating, identifying, analysing, evaluating, 
and treating risks and opportunities across the business. For further detail on our principles, please refer to our 
Risk Management Policy available on our investor website: nationalstorageinvest.com.au/governance/.  

Moving forward, we remain steadfast in our commitment to positioning NSR for enduring success by promptly 
addressing risks that could impede the realisation of our strategic objectives. 

KEY RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES 
A number of the  risks and opportunities faced by NSR and how NSR responds to these risks and opportunities 
are set out below.  These are not the only risks and opportunities associated with NSR and are not in order of 
importance. 

Key Risks and Opportunities  

How NSR is responding   

Strategic and Financial Performance  

The performance of our business is 
subject to various internal and 
external factors, which are addressed 
and mitigated through the 
establishment and delivery against 
effective strategic goals, regular and 
systemic monitoring and 
measurement of performance, and 
appropriate responses to changing 
economic conditions 

Environmental and Climate Change  

NSR’s long-term commitment to 
limiting its environmental impacts, 
enhancing social sustainability, and 
maintaining good governance (ESG) 
which is demonstrated by how we 
address potential risks and 
opportunities through our centre 
operations, stakeholder engagement, 
and overall management 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Continual strategy oversight and development by the Board, 
Managing Director, and Executive Management Team  
Diverse centre portfolio located across Australia and New 
Zealand, providing a range of storage offerings to different 
customer types 
An acquisitions and development pipeline aimed at 
optimising asset returns and upholding asset quality  
Constant monitoring of the market to ensure pricing and 
terms remain competitive 
A well-structured investment authorisation procedure  
Considerate management of customer relationships 
Highly developed marketing and management systems in 
place to generate new customer enquiries and maximise 
conversion and maintain and build occupancy  
Active assets life cycle planning, asset management, 
refurbishment programs and maintenance activity 
Methodical valuation process 
Prudent capital management 
Continual market analysis and monitoring 
Active risk management 
Transparency and communication with securityholders and 
stakeholders 
Sustainable practices and initiatives 
Comprehensive insurance coverage 
Developing a strategy towards carbon-neutrality  
Re-assessment of sustainability materiality matrix, at least 
annually 
Dedicated ESG Committee implementing environmental and 
climate related risk mitigation strategies,  
Regular review process for centres to ensure such impacts or 
their likelihood is mitigated where possible 
Comprehensive Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity 
Plan and procedures 
Active engagement with stakeholders on ESG matters,  

Key Risks and Opportunities  

How NSR is responding   

Economic and market conditions  

Changing rates of economic growth 
and market activity can impact 
Group performance, as can 
changing consumer practices and 
trends, including the housing market, 
population and migration growth, 
unemployment, wage growth, the 
rate of inflation, and consumer 
sentiment 
Capital Management  

Maintaining a strong and appropriate 
capital structure underpins NSR’s 
ability to deliver on its strategy and 
meet its objectives. The importance of 
appropriate capital management is 
reflected in NSR’s capital structure, 
which is conservative, well diversified 
and has appropriate levels of 
headroom and liquidity 

Acquisitions   

The expansion of our portfolio 
footprint within strategic locations 
provides economies of scale and 
increases our storage offerings to 
customers and promotes further 
brand awareness 

Developments  

By considering the risks related to the 
terms of the transaction at the time as 
well as the prevailing micro and 
macro-economic environment, our 
development pipeline continues to 
provide NSR with new, purpose built, 
high quality self-storage assets that 
expand our portfolio offerings and 
meeting our sustainability criteria 

Technology, Cyber and Data Security  

Our use of advanced cyber security 
systems, industry specific processes, 
and experienced consultants enables 
us to mitigate the risk of data loss or 
damage, legal exposure, and cyber-
attacks, and further enhance the 
effectiveness of these mitigation 
measures 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 
• 

Climate related-risks and potential financial impacts assessed 
within NSR’s enterprise-wide Risk Management Framework  
Alignment with the Task Force on Climate-related Financial 
Disclosures' recommendations 
Commitment to combat modern slavery 
Monitoring changing regulatory environment  
Maintaining a nimble and proactive business approach  
Disciplined cost management  
Proactive monitoring of the economy and industry 
Ongoing economic and business research 
Standing strategic consideration in all investment decisions  

Maintaining an appropriate capital structure commensurate 
with an investment grade balance sheet, ensuring the 
structure meets the business needs and can withstand 
changing economic or financial conditions 
Managing liquidity and maintaining a debt structure which is 
appropriately diversified by counterparty, tenor, funding 
sources, and debt instrument 
Managing gearing and monitoring financial covenants 
Proactive monitoring and approach to interest rate risk 
management, including hedging  
Appropriate limits on foreign currency exposure 
Active management and limits of counterparty credit risk 
exposures related to borrowing/funding, derivatives/hedges, 
and surplus cash investments  
Strong compliance program  
Dedicated experienced Acquisitions Team 
Maintenance of long-standing relationships with key service 
providers 
Thorough acquisition due diligence and assessment process  
Dedicated Due Diligence Committee to assess the 
appropriateness of assets, with the Board ultimately 
responsible for approving any proposal 

A disciplined and comprehensive due diligence, feasibility, 
sensitivity analysis and legal review approval process 
Strategic tender, procurement, and consultant 
engagements 
Experienced management and sufficiently resourced and 
skilled internal team 
Thorough systems and processes with regular reviews, 
optimisation, and interdepartmental accountability 
Implementation of a clearly articulated development risk 
tolerance framework 

Appropriately skilled and experienced Board, Audit and Risk 
Committee, and Cyber Security Steering Committee with 
oversight of cyber and data security strategy 
Comprehensive Cyber Security Program, including cyber 
security risk management and treatments 
External Chief Information Security Officer (CISO)  
Regular review and development of policies, guidelines, and 
procedures addressing new and emerging cyber risks  
Disaster Recovery and Business Continuity Plan 
Monitoring, penetration testing, phishing exercises, additional 
security testing and staff education program  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

36 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

37 

37

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
Key Risks and Opportunities  

How NSR is responding   

Health, Safety and Wellbeing   

Our alignment with health and safety 
standards and regulations safeguards 
our employees, our customers and 
our contractors from potential health 
and safety risks, in accordance with 
our safety vision of ‘no harm to 
anyone at any time’ 
Compliance and regulatory  

Ensuring NSR maintains best practice 
governance and compliance 
practices 

Personnel  

Our people are at the heart of our 
business hence why we promote a 
conducive environment that prioritises 
the safety and well-being of our 
employees, customers, and 
contractors at our centres, while 
proactively addressing events that 
may pose risks to business continuity 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Regular updates to technology hardware and software  
Risk assessments and ongoing alignment with ISO 27001 
Internal and external audits  
Comprehensive health and safety management systems.  
Active monitoring of health and safety best practices and 
developing regulations 
Ongoing scheduled training of our employees 
Continual re-assessment and annual testing of our Disaster 
Recovery and Business Continuity Plan 

Experienced Executive Management Team, supported by 
internal expertise 
Active management of comprehensive Compliance Plan, in 
accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth) 
Continuous monitoring of developments in regulatory 
environment 
Internal committees to monitor key compliance risks 
Scheduled annual review and enforcement of all 
compliance policies 
Regular compliance reporting, internal audits and annual 
external compliance audit program 
Ongoing training and continuous professional development  
Our core values underpin all aspects of our business, with 
new starters trained during the induction process and existing 
staff trained on an annual basis 
Stable, committed, skilled and experienced Executive 
Management Team, with ongoing succession and strategic 
workforce planning  
Dedicated People and Culture team conducting 
benchmarking to ensure competitive remuneration, 
supported by external advisors when required 
Diversity and inclusion targets 
Evolving wellness offerings  
Quarterly check-ins for all employees 
Annual employee engagement survey 
Ongoing monitoring of risk culture and conduct 
Annual reporting to the Workplace Gender Equality Agency  

DIRECTORS 

NATIONAL STORAGE HOLDINGS LIMITED 
The NSH Directors in office during the Reporting Period and at the date of this Directors’ Report:    

NAME 

APPOINTED 

POSITION 

Anthony Keane 

1 November 2013 

Non-Executive Chairman 

Andrew Catsoulis 

1 November 2013 

Managing Director 

Howard Brenchley 

21 November 2014 

Non-Executive Director  

Steven Leigh 

Scott Smith 

21 November 2014 

Non-Executive Director (Retired 26 October 2022) 

1 July 2022 

Non-Executive Director 

Inmaculada Beaumont 

1 July 2022 

Non-Executive Director 

Claire Fidler 

18 July 2017 

Executive Director 

NATIONAL STORAGE FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED (NSFL) 
The Directors of NSFL in office during the Reporting Period and at the date of this Directors’ Report: 

NAME 

Anthony Keane 

Andrew Catsoulis 

APPOINTED 

18 July 2014 

18 July 2014 

POSITION 

Non-Executive Chairman 

Managing Director 

Howard Brenchley 

8 September 2015 

Non-Executive Director 

Steven Leigh 

Scott Smith 

8 September 2015 

Non-Executive Director (Retired 26 October 2022) 

1 July 2022 

Non-Executive Director 

Inmaculada Beaumont 

1 July 2022 

Non-Executive Director 

Claire Fidler 

18 July 2017 

Executive Director  

DIRECTORS’ QUALIFICATIONS, EXPERIENCE AND SPECIAL RESPONSIBILITIES 

Boards of National Storage Holdings Limited and National Storage Financial Services Limited 

Anthony Keane, Independent Non-executive Chairman  
BSc (Maths), Grad Dip Corp Fin, GAICD 

Anthony is an experienced finance and business executive with an extensive background in banking and 
business management. Prior to accepting his directorship with National Storage, Anthony held numerous 
leadership roles with a major trading bank principally in business, corporate and institutional banking. He is 
actively involved in the business community through Non-Executive Director and Advisory Board roles, and 
finance advisory consultancies. 

Anthony is a Director of ASX listed EMvision Medical Devices Ltd (EMV). Anthony has a Bachelor of Science 
(Mathematics) from University of Adelaide and a Graduate Diploma in Corporate Finance from Swinburne. He 
is a Fellow of the Financial Services Institute of Australasia, a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company 
Directors and a Fellow of the CEO Institute.  

Anthony is Chair of the Nomination Committee and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and 
Remuneration Committee. 

Andrew Catsoulis, Managing Director 
BA, LLB, Grad Dip Proj Mgmt (Hons) 

As founder of the National Storage business, Andrew has over 25 years’ of specific self-storage industry 
expertise including in the areas of acquisitions, developments, integration and operation of ‘greenfield’ and 
developed self-storage centres. Andrew is a qualified solicitor who has been admitted to the Supreme Court 
of Queensland. He has had extensive experience in the fields of finance, commercial and property law during 
his tenure at major law firms both in Australia and overseas. He is also a qualified project manager and has 
considerable property development experience both within the storage industry and in broader markets. 

Andrew was instrumental in the successful development, acquisition and consolidation of the original portfolio 
of storage centres that formed the genesis of National Storage and led the company through the IPO of NSR.  
He also planned and negotiated the acquisition of the Southern Cross portfolio in 2016. He has led the 
company in its growth from a single centre in 1996 to approximately 230 centres today and has been primarily 
responsible for charting its strategy over that period. 

Howard Brenchley, Independent Non-executive Director 
BEc 

Howard has over 35 years’ involvement in the Australian property industry, as an analyst, investor and fund 
manager. Howard cofounded Property Investment Research Pty Ltd (PIR) in 1989, which during the 1990s was 
considered a leading researcher of both listed and unlisted property funds. In 1998 Howard was instrumental in 
establishing the funds management business of APN Property Group Limited. During this period, he was 
responsible for the establishment and operations of a number of funds investing both directly and indirectly in 
real estate.  

Since 1998, Howard has been a director (or the director of the responsible entity) of numerous listed and 
unlisted real estate investment vehicles. 

Howard is Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee and is a member of the Nomination and Remuneration 
Committees. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

38 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

39 

39

Annual Report 2023 
 
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Inmaculada (Inma) Beaumont, Independent Non-Executive Director 
BA (Mathematics), BA Hons (Economics and Commerce), FCCA, GAICD 

Inma brings her commercial acumen and diverse range of experience to the NSR board. As a senior finance 
executive, she has had leadership roles spanning Financial Control, Internal Audit and Risk Management within 
top multinationals in Energy, FMCG and Banking. In addition, she has governance experience as Chair of 
Finance, Audit and Risk Committees across several boards where she has a record of delivering revenue 
growth. More recently, she has led marketing, public relations and stakeholder engagement teams. Inma is 
culturally and linguistically diverse and brings a different perspective to the board of NSR.  

Inma is currently a non-executive director of UN Women Australia. She holds a BA (Mathematics) and BA Hons 
(Economics and Commerce) from the University of Valencia, Spain, is a Fellow of the Association of Chartered 
Certified Accountants and is a Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors.  

Inma is a member of the Audit and Risk, Nomination, and Remuneration Committees. 

Scott Smith, Independent Non-Executive Director 
BBus (Marketing) 

Scott has over 25 years’ experience in the Technology and Telecommunications sector across the Asia Pacific 
region, including a breadth of experience gained from working for large global telecommunication 
organisations before founding his own successful managed service provider company. Scott holds a Bachelor 
of Business (Marketing) from the Queensland University of Technology and has extensive experience in 
technology and leadership positions. Having successfully co-founded Comlinx (Managed Service Provider) in 
2006, he went on to sell that business to ASX listed Telecommunications provider Over the Wire (ASX: OTW) in 
2018 and continued in the senior leadership team, taking over the role of CEO of OTW in February 2020. OTW 
has subsequently been sold to Aussie Broadband (ASX: ABB). 

Presently, Scott serves as a consultant in the technology industry and is on the Advisory Board of Heal Inc, a 
San Francisco-based software company specialising in AiOps and Machine Learning capabilities. Additionally, 
he is actively involved in various Corporate Advisory engagements and early-stage technology investments.  

Scott is Chair of the Remuneration Committee and is a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and 
Nomination Committee. 

Claire Fidler, Executive Director  
LLB (Hons), B Bus (Int), GAICD, FGIA 

Claire was appointed an Executive Director in July 2017 and has been the Company Secretary of National 
Storage since November 2015. She was appointed Head of Legal & Governance in June 2020 and oversees 
the legal, governance and risk functions of the organisation. Claire holds legal and international business 
qualifications and is admitted as a solicitor of the Supreme Court of Queensland. Claire has twenty years’ 
experience in corporate and commercial law, both in private practice and in-house. 

She practiced in the litigation, resources, and corporate areas of two large law firms and as Corporate 
Counsel and Company Secretary at Rio Tinto Coal Australia, prior to joining National Storage. Claire has also 
worked in corporate compliance with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission. Claire is a 
Graduate of the Australian Institute of Company Directors and a Fellow of the Governance Institute of 
Australia.  

DIRECTORSHIPS OF OTHER LISTED COMPANIES 
Directorships of other listed companies held by current Directors in the three years immediately before the end 
of the financial year are as follows: 

NAME  

COMPANY  

PERIOD OF DIRECTORSHIP  

Howard Brenchley  

APN Property Group (ASX:APD)  

1998 – 13/08/2021  

Dexus Asset Management Limited 
previously known as APN Funds 
Management Limited, responsible entity 
for:  
Dexus Industria REIT (ASX:DXI) previously 
known as APN Industria REIT (ASX:ADI)  
Dexus Convenience Retail REIT (ASX:DXC) 
previously known as APN Convenience 
Retail REIT (ASX:AQR)  
EMvision Medical Devices Ltd (ASX:EMV)  

03/12/2013 - 17/10/2022  
27/12/2017 - 17/10/2022  

11/12/2018 – Current   

Anthony Keane  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

40 

DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS IN NSR SECURITIES 
As at the date of this Directors’ Report, the interests of the Directors (including indirect interests) in the stapled 
securities of NSR were: 

DIRECTOR 

DIRECT 

INDIRECT 

Anthony Keane 
Andrew Catsoulis 
Howard Brenchley 
Scott Smith 
Inmaculada Beaumont 
Claire Fidler 

11,595 
500,000 
- 
- 
37,449 
139,025 

242,870 
14,765,230 
135,200 
154,958 
- 
14,494 

PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS 
- 
728,400 
- 
- 
- 
145,700 

TOTAL 

254,465 
15,993,630 
135,200 
154,958 
37,449 
299,219 

No options over issued stapled securities or interests in a Controlled Entity have been granted in NSR during the 
Reporting Period.  There are no options in stapled securities outstanding as at the date of this report. 

DIRECTORS’ MEETINGS 
The number of meetings of directors of NSH (including meetings of sub-committees of directors) held during 
the Reporting Period and the number of meetings attended by each director were as follows: 

DIRECTOR  

BOARD  

AUDIT 
COMMITTEE  

RISK   
COMMITTEE  

REMUNERATION 
COMMITTEE  

NOMINATION 
COMMITTEE  

Anthony Keane  

Andrew Catsoulis  

Howard Brenchley  

Inma Beaumont  

Scott Smith  

Steven Leigh (retired 
26/10/2022)  
Claire Fidler  

Notes: 

12 (12)  

12 (12)  

12 (12)  

11 (12)  

12 (12)  

5 (5)  

12 (12)  

6 (6)  

-  

6 (6)  

6 (6)  

6 (6)  

2 (2)  

-  

8 (8)  

-  

8 (8)  

6 (6)  

6 (6)  

3 (3)  

-  

5(5)  

-  

5 (5)  

3 (3)  

3 (3)  

2 (2)  

-  

3 (3)  

-  

3 (3)  

2 (2)  

2 (2)  

1 (1)  

-  

1.  Figures in brackets indicate the number of meetings held whilst the director was in office or was a 

member of the relevant Committee during the Reporting Period. Figures not in brackets indicate the 
number of meetings or Committee meetings that the director attended. 

2.  Mr. Catsoulis and Ms Fidler attend Nomination, Remuneration, Risk and Audit, and Risk Committee 

3. 

4. 

meetings by invitation.   
The Audit Committee and the Risk Committee amalgamated to form the Audit and Risk Committee 
effective 1 July 2023.   
The Company has an Investment Committee Charter to govern an Investment Committee.  The Board 
has determined that at this time, the full Board will act as the Investment Committee and therefore 
there are no separate Investment Committee meetings noted. 

COMPANY SECRETARY 

NATIONAL STORAGE HOLDINGS LIMITED  

NAME 

APPOINTMENT DATE 

Claire Fidler 

26 November 2015 

NATIONAL STORAGE FINANCIAL SERVICES LIMITED 

NAME 

APPOINTMENT DATE 

Claire Fidler 

26 November 2015 

Claire Fidler  
LLB (Hons), B Bus (Int), GAICD, FGIA 

Refer to page 26 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

41 

41

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 
NSH and the Responsible Entity have their own respective Boards and constitutions.  The relationship between 
NSH and the Responsible Entity is governed by a Cooperation Deed and Management Agreement that allows 
NSH to provide key services to NSFL as Responsible Entity in exchange for a monthly fee.  These services include 
finance and administrative services, property management, provision of staff and equipment. 

The NSH and Responsible Entity Boards and NSH management are committed to achieving and 
demonstrating to securityholders high standards of corporate governance and to ensuring NSH acts in the 
best interests of its securityholders, balanced with its broader community obligations. 

An important component of the NSR’s approach and corporate governance structure is the ASX Corporate 
Governance Principles and Recommendations (Fourth Edition) (the “ASX Recommendations”).  A statement 
of the extent of NSR’s compliance with the ASX Recommendations can be viewed on the NSR website at 
www.nationalstorageinvest.com.au/governance.  Full copies of all NSR governance policies and Charters 
can also be found in the Governance section of the website.   

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS 
The Company has agreed to indemnify all the Directors and executive officers of the Company and its group 
entities to the extent permitted by law, for the amount of any liability, loss, cost, charge, damage, expense or 
other liability suffered by the Director or executive officer as an officer of the Company or group entity or as a 
result of having been an officer of the Company or any Group entity.  This includes any liability arising out of or 
in connection with any negligence, breach of duty, or breach of trust (“Indemnity”).  

However, the Indemnity does not extend to a claim in the nature of: 

(a) 
(b) 

a challenge to any rejection of a Director’s claim by the provider of the Company’s insurance cover; or 
a cross-claim or a third-party claim for contribution or indemnity in, and results directly from, any 
Proceedings in respect of which the Director has made a claim under the Indemnity. 

Deeds of indemnity to give effect to the above have been formally entered into by the Company and each 
of the Directors.   

The Deeds of Indemnity require the Company to obtain a back-to-back indemnity to the Company from the 
Responsible Entity out of the assets of the NSPT.  This has been procured by the Company and is in place.  The 
back-to-back indemnity requires the Responsible Entity to indemnify the Company for any liability under the 
Directors/Officers indemnity to the extent that the Company is not able to meet that obligation.  The indemnity 
does not extend to any payment made or due as a result of a breach by the Company of its obligations 
under a Director/Officer indemnity or to any payment which the Company makes voluntarily but is not due 
and payable under the terms of a Director/Officer indemnity. 

The total amount of insurance contract premiums paid for Directors and Officers insurance for NSR (including 
subsidiary entities) during the Reporting Period was $1,665,364. 

No insurance premiums are paid out of the assets of the NSPT regarding insurance cover provided to either the 
Responsible Entity or the auditors of the NSPT. So long as the officers of the Responsible Entity act in 
accordance with the constitution and the law, the officers remain indemnified out of the assets of the NSPT 
against losses incurred while acting on behalf of the NSPT. The auditors of the NSPT are in no way indemnified 
out of the assets of the NSPT. 

INDEMNIFICATION OF AUDITORS 
To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young, as part of 
the terms of its audit engagement agreement against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an 
unspecified amount).  No payment has been made or claim received by NSR to indemnify Ernst & Young 
during the Reporting Period or up to the date of this report. 

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) – NSH GROUP 

MESSAGE FROM THE BOARD 
The NSH Board is committed to ensuring that its remuneration arrangements are structured to support and 
reinforce NSR’s overall business strategy, are consistent with the requirements of good governance standards, 
and meet the expectations of investors and other stakeholders.  By linking the Short-Term Incentive (“STI”) and 
Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) (both “at risk” remuneration) of executive remuneration to the drivers that support 
NSR’s business strategy including financial, governance, cultural and community measures, the remuneration 
of NSR’s executives is aligned with the creation of long-term value for securityholders.  The Board believes that 
the remuneration practices of NSR should fairly and responsibly reward Key Management Personnel (“KMP”) 
with regard to their individual performance, the performance of NSR, and the broader external environment 
as it relates to KMP reward. 

FY23 PERFORMANCE AND REMUNERATION OUTCOMES 
The FY23 year was another year of record performance for NSR. Despite challenging economic and market 
conditions, NSR produced 8.5% underlying earnings growth to 11.5cps and declared a distribution of 11.0cps, a 
high level of distributions to shareholders compared to the ASX 200 A-REIT index. NSR’s Total Shareholder Return 
(TSR) also significantly outperformed the ASX 200 A-REIT index over this same period of time with NSR being 
ranked number five for the 3 years to 30 June 2023, delivering 42% TSR over the period. Further detail on NSR’s 
performance in FY23 has been set out on page 31. NSR’s long term success from both a yield and TSR 
perspective is closely linked to the high levels of commitment and overall performance displayed by its 
executive team.  

REMUNERATION REVIEW AND FY24 CHANGES 
The remuneration policy also aims to provide a platform for sustainable value creation for securityholders by 
attracting, motivating, and retaining its quality KMP. 

NSR’s remuneration framework has evolved over time and in response to stakeholder feedback, and uses the 
following key objectives as the basis for the executive remuneration: 

• 
• 

• 

Increase the ‘at-risk’ component of total remuneration across the KMP; 
Provide an increased alignment between KMP and securityholders’ interests by utilising equity-based 
structures as part of total remuneration arrangements;  
Structure remuneration in such a way as to enhance KMP retention, given the small team of key 
executives comprising the KMP, the specialised nature of the business and the increased competitive 
landscape for high quality executives;  

•  Provide greater transparency on the short-term and long-term performance measures to align with 

securityholder expectations; and 
Increased alignment with the A-REIT direct comparator group 

• 

During the reporting period, the Board engaged external remuneration consultants to conduct benchmarking 
on executive KMP remuneration. As a result of this benchmarking exercise, increases to fixed remuneration 
and “at-risk” were made for the MD, CFO and HoLG in recognition of their tenure, continued performance, 
expansion of roles and duties as well as the significant growth in NSR’s market capitalisation. Commencing 1 
July 2023, fixed remuneration will increase by 6.0% for the MD, the CFO by 7.6% and the HoLG by 10.5%.   

Additionally, some minor increases in “at-risk” rewards were made to the executives’ total remuneration 
packages to align with the market and comparator peers. This includes an increase in the MD’s LTI opportunity 
to be a greater emphasis in the overall pay package. The MD’s STI and LTI opportunities were increased to 
100% and 105% of fixed remuneration respectively (previously 95% and 95% of fixed remuneration). The CFO’s 
STI and LTI opportunities were increased to 80% and 70% respectively (previously 70% and 70% of fixed 
remuneration). The HoLG’s STI and LTI opportunities were increased to 65% and 55% respectively (previously 
55% and 55% of fixed remuneration). 

COVERAGE OF THIS REPORT 
The following remuneration report has been prepared to provide information to NSR securityholders of the 
remuneration details of the KMP of NSH involved in the management of NSH and the NSPT. 

Directors of the Responsible Entity do not receive any remuneration from the Responsible Entity in respect to 
their roles with the Responsible Entity. However, the director fees paid by NSR take into account the complexity 
involved, and additional duties required to be undertaken, in relation to the operation of the Responsible 
Entity as a subsidiary of NSH and as part of the consolidated governance group.  The Responsible Entity 
receives a fee for management services rendered. 

This information has been audited as required by section 308(3C) of the Act. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

42 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

43 

43

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KMP are defined as “those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling 
the major activities of NSH, the Consolidated Group and the NSPT, directly or indirectly, including any director 
(whether executive or otherwise) of NSH.” 

Key management personnel covered in this report are as follows: 

NON-EXECUTIVE AND EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
Anthony Keane   
Andrew Catsoulis  
Howard Brenchley  
Inmaculada Beaumont   
Scott Smith  
Claire Fidler  
Steven Leigh  

Independent Non-Executive Chairman 
Executive Managing Director (“MD”) 
Independent Non-Executive Director  
Independent Non-Executive Director (Appointed 1 July 2022) 
Independent Non-Executive Director (Appointed 1 July 2022) 
Executive Director and Head of Legal & Governance (“HoLG”) 
Independent Non-Executive Director (Retired 26 October 2022) 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL – SENIOR EXECUTIVES 
Stuart Owen  

Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) 

REMUNERATION OVERVIEW 

REMUNERATION PRINCIPLES 

Attraction  
and retention 

Attract and retain 
high quality 
executives and to 
reward the 
capabilities and 
experience brought 
to NSR by those 
executives. 

At-risk 

Total reward for key 
executives is to have a 
significant “at risk” 
component, including 
both short term incentives 
(“STI”) and long-term 
incentives (“LTI”) which 
have a strong focus on 
quantitative and non-
quantitative measures. 

Securityholder 
alignment 

Provide industry 
competitive 
rewards linked to 
security holder 
returns and aligned 
with NSR’s 
performance in 
comparison to it’s 
a-REIT comparator 
group. 

Transparency  

Remuneration 
policies and 
structures must  
be clear and 
transparent both to 
the executives and 
Board of NSR and 
to securityholders. 

REMUNERATION STRUCTURE (FY24) 

Delivery  

Details  

Fixed reward  
TFR 
Cash 

At-risk reward 

STI 

Cash  
(70%) 

Scrip  
(30%) 

LTI 

Performance rights  
(70%) 

Cash  
(30%) 

• Comprised of 

•  Paid in a combination of cash 

base salary and 
superannuation 

and scrip 

•  Scrip component 

• 

LTI is subject to a 3-year performance 
period 
•  Measures: 

o  Scrip price set as the 30-
day VWAP to 30 June 
2023 

o  escrowed for 12 months 

•  Measures: 

o  Financial measures (EPS) – 

70%  

o 

Individual and strategic 
measures – 30% 

Incentivises group and individual 
performance through at-risk  
pay against financial and non-
financial targets 

o  Relative Total Shareholder Return 

(rTSR)(ASX 200 A-REIT index 
comparator group) – 70% 

o  Underlying Earnings per share (EPS) – 

30% 

Aligns executive remuneration with long-term 
securityholder value 

Link to 
remuneration 
principles 

Assists attraction 
and retention 
through 
competitive 
remuneration  

PAY MIX 
The composition of total annual remuneration (TAR) for the year ending 30 June 2023 for KMP is detailed in the 
table below. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

44 

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 

TFR 

34.4% 
41.2% 
47.8% 

STI 

LTI 

32.8% 
29.4% 
26.1% 

32.8% 
29.4% 
26.1% 

STI as %  
of TFR 

95.0% 
70.0% 
55.0% 

LTI as %  
of TFR 
95.0% 
70.0% 
55.0% 

The structure has been adjusted slightly as a result of the remuneration review, with an increased emphasis on 
“at-risk” remuneration.  The table below reflects the new structure and is consistent with NSR’s policy objectives 
for executive TAR for the year commencing 1 July 2023 as outline above.  

KMP 

TFR 

STI 

LTI 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 

32.8% 
40.0% 
45.5% 

32.8% 
32.0% 
29.5% 

34.4% 
28.0% 
25.0% 

STI as %  
of TFR 
100% 
80% 
65% 

LTI as %  
of TFR 
105% 
70% 
55% 

NSR PERFORMANCE 
NSR has a long and established track record of consistent growth in underlying earnings, net tangible assets 
(NTA) and Investment Properties.  Underlying earnings per stapled security (“EPS”) increased 8.5% in the 12 
months to 30 June 2023 to a record high of 11.5cps, with underlying earnings increasing 12.1% to $141.8m.  The 
FY23 underlying EPS of 11.5cps exceeded the original EPS guidance of a minimum 5% growth (or 11.1cps) 
increase and reflects NSR’s ongoing REVPAM growth, that has been achieved over the financial year. This 
growth in EPS was achieved despite dilution from the significant capital raising and SPP of $340 million that was 
undertaken during the year.  Group REVPAM increased 3.6% to $270m2, consolidating the FY21 and FY22 
increases, and establishing an opening FY24 REVPAM that provides an exceptional base from which to deliver 
FY24 revenue growth.  Rate per square metre achieved across the Group increased by 8.2% to $319m2 with 30 
June 2023 Group occupancy of 85.0%.  Occupancy across the 14 Let-up centres, being those centres that 
have been recently developed or expanded and operating at the commencement of the period, increased 
by 13.8% to 58.7%, with total occupancy across the portfolio now sitting at 81.8%. 

Underlying Earnings

y
t
i
r

u
c
e
s

r

e
p
s
t
n
e
C

 14.0

 12.0

 10.0

 8.0

 6.0

 4.0

 2.0

 -

8.2 

8.7 

7.5 

19.5 

24.3 

29.1 

9.2 

45.7 

9.6 

9.6 

62.4 

51.4 

86.5 

8.5 

8.3 
67.7 

141.8 

 160.0

 140.0

11.5 

 120.0

126.5 

10.6 

 100.0

 80.0

m
$

 60.0

 40.0

 20.0

 -

 CY 14

 FY15

 FY16

 FY17

 FY18

 FY19

 FY20

 FY21

 FY22

 FY23

Earnings Per Securuty

 Underlying Earnings

NTA has increased by 6% during the year to $2.48 per stapled security, principally driven by improvements in 
operational performance at an individual centre level, with the weighted average capitalisation rate 
expanding moderately from 5.86% as at 30 June 2022 to 5.91% at 30 June 2023 with the uplift in valuation and 
NTA being derived from improved operational performance of the assets.   Capitalisation rates, supported by 
independent third party valuations, are holding at similar levels to 30 June 2022 despite the uncertainty in 
interest rate markets and increasing bond yields, reflecting the strong position that self-storage assets have 
within the real estate markets globally. 

The value of Investment Properties has increased by $561 million or 15% to $4.3 billion over the 12 months to 30 
June 2023, with total assets now approaching $4.6b.  These results have been achieved through the 
disciplined management of NSR’s operations and the ongoing success of its “Four Pillar” growth strategy.  The 
consistent and considered approach to driving underlying earnings through a combination of organic growth 
from existing assets as well as acquisitions, developments and expansion activity, overlayed by a focus on 
technology and innovation, along with a focus on sustainable business practices has been instrumental in 
achieving this exceptional result.      

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

45 

45

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5,000

4,000

m
$

'

3,000

2,000

1,000

0

Total Assets / NTA

2.34 

2.48 

1.63 

1.65 

1.89 

1.51 

1.34 

1.00 

1.11 

1.14 

 CY14

 FY15

 FY16

 FY17

 FY18

 FY19

 Total Assets

 FY20
 NTA

 FY21

 FY22

 FY23

 2.80

 2.40

 2.00

 1.60

 1.20

 0.80

 0.40

 -

y
t
i
r

u
c
e
s

r

e
p
$

NSR has executed on its successful growth strategy with a total of 33 acquisitions in FY23, including the 
acquisition of 10 storage centres, the freehold of one previously leasehold storage centre and 22 
development sites totalling $234 million. These acquisitions have been funded through a combination of the 
significant capital raising and security purchase plan (SPP) of $340 million that was undertaken during the year, 
as well as additional debt facilities which were successfully expanded and refinanced during the Reporting 
Period. Delivery on development, expansion and redevelopment strategy has seen 45 projects in various 
stages of design and construction.  In addition, NSR has successfully completed 4 new developments and 
expansion projects during the Reporting Period adding over 20,200m2 of NLA. 

The highly successful $340 million capital raising was undertaken by way of an institutional placement for $300 
million and security purchase plan for $40 million at a modest discount to last close immediately prior to the 
raising of 4%.  In addition, NSR successfully expanded and refinanced its debt facilities during the Reporting 
Period to extend tenor, add diversity to funding sources and increase available facilities.  This included NSR’s 
first Syndicated Term Loan facility involving 16 new and existing banks, raising $400 million equally split between 
five and seven year maturities. This debt was competitively priced and was heavily oversubscribed.  NSR’s 
independent credit rating was affirmed during the Reporting Period, supporting the unsecured debt platform, 
providing greater flexibility and access to sources of debt funding.  NSR’s gearing ratio at 30 June 2023 
remained conservative at 20%, providing significant balance sheet capacity to fund NSR’s further growth. NSR 
has a historically low level of gearing, which it believes to be a significant advantage and an important 
consideration in these uncertain times.      

NSR has maintained a distribution policy that targets distribution of 90% - 100% of underlying earnings to 
securityholders.  During the Reporting Period, NSR declared distributions totalling 11.0 cents per stapled security 
an increase of 10.0%, on FY22, representing a payout ratio of 96%.  

NSR was ranked number 5 out of 29 for Total Shareholder Return “TSR” (a combination of share price growth 
and distributions received by securityholders) over the past three years to 30 June 2023, delivering TSR of 41.8%, 
nearly double that of the ASX 200 A-REIT TSR of 23.7%.  Generally, the self-storage sector has demonstrated its 
highly resilient nature as a business during times of uncertainty and fluctuating economic conditions.    

A combination of factors including a broad customer base, geographic diversity and short term tenancy 
arrangements, plus an increasingly diverse user universe and high demand from a variety of sources has 
underpinned the successful growth of the storage industry. 

Total Shareholder Return - 3 Years to 30 June 2023

A-REIT 200

NSR

NSR share price closed on 30 June 2023 at $2.35, increasing 9.8% from $2.14 at 30 June 2022 with the market 
capitalisation of NSR now exceeding $3.16 billion as at 30 June 2023.    

NSR Stapled Security Price

$

 2.90

 2.70

 2.50

 2.30

 2.10

 1.90

 1.70

 1.50

 1.30

 1.10

 4,000

 3,500

 3,000

 2,500

 2,000

m
$

'

 1,500

 1,000

 500

 -

J
u

l

2
0

S
e
p
2
0

D
e
c
2
0

M
a

r

2
1

J
u
n
2
1

S
e
p
2
1

D
e
c
2
1

M
a

r

2
2

J
u
n
2
2

S
e
p
2
2

D
e
c
2
2

M
a

r

2
3

J
u
n
2
3

Mkt Cap

Share Price

Security price performance over the period 1 July 2020 to 30 June 2023 has shown a 25% increase.  This 
compares to a increase of 9% for the ASX 200 A-REIT index and 21% for the broader ASX 200 Index over the 
same period.   

Relative Performance

1.80

1.60

1.40

1.20

1.00

0.80

0.60

Jul 20 Sep 20 Dec 20 Mar 21 Jun 21 Sep 21 Dec 21 Mar 22 Jun 22 Sep 22 Dec 22 Mar 23 Jun 23

NSR

S&P/ASX 200 A-REIT

S&P/ASX 200

FY23 REMUNERATION OUTCOMES  

Short-term and long-term incentives in place during reporting period: 
The KMP were eligible for payment of STI’s and LTI’s for the financial year ended 30 June 2023 in accordance 
with the incentive program outlined in the 2022 Annual Report.  The assessment criteria for the program and 
performance against those criteria are outlined below.  Incentives achieved for the year ended 30 June 2023 
will be paid through a combination of cash and scrip.    

To compensate for performance against financial and operational objectives, the STI’s and LTI’s were agreed 
upon with the KMP with the minimum payable being zero and maximum payable for FY23 in accordance with 
the table below, in aggregate for all KMP.  

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

STI as % 
of TFR 

STI 
AMOUNT 
95.0%  $1,190,000 
$470,000 
70.0% 
$260,000 
55.0% 
  $1,920,000 

LTI as % 
of TFR 

95.0% 
70.0% 
55.0% 

TOTAL 

LTI 
AMOUNT 
$1,050,000  $2,240,000 
$870,000 
$450,000 
$1,640,000  $3,560,000 

$400,000 
$190,000 

0%

5%

10%

15%

20%

25%

30%

35%

40%

45%

Source: Bloomberg 

Note 1: Assumes Dividends are re-invested in underlying security 

Note 2: Excludes securities not listed for the entire year 

The STI and LTI are payable via a combination of cash, scrip and performance rights.  The STI is payable 70% in 
cash and 30% in scrip, with the scrip price being set as the 30-day VWAP to 30 June 2022 (the commencement 
of the STI period) to further align the with this “at-risk” component with securityholders.  The LTI is payable 30% in 
cash and 70% via the pervious issued FY23 performance rights.  The maximum amounts payable are outlined in 
the below. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

46 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

47 

47

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KMP 

STI 
CASH ($) 

STI 
SCRIP ($) 

SCRIP @ 
$2.2589 

LTI 
CASH ($) 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

$833,000 
$329,000 
$182,000 
$1,344,000 

$357,000 
$141,000 
$78,000 
$576,000 

158,042 
62,420 
34,531 
254,993 

$315,000 
$120,000 
$57,000 
$492,000 

LTI 
PERFORMAN
CE RIGHTS ($) 
$735,000 
$280,000 
$133,000 
$1,148,000 

PERFORMAN
CE RIGHTS 

359,600 
137,000 
65,100 
561,700 

The STI and LTI hurdles included: 

1.  Underlying earnings equal to or exceeding 11.1 cents per security 
2. 

TSR over the three-year period to 30 June 2023 being greater than the 50th percentile of the 
comparator group (ASX A-REIT 200) 

The Board has assessed the performance of the Company and the KMP against the performance criteria and 
has determined that the following STI and LTI’s have been earned and are payable, inclusive of statutory 
Superannuation amounts, for the period 1 July 2022 to 30 June 2023.          

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

STI 

LTI 

AMOUNT 
$1,190,000 
$470,000 
$260,000 
$1,920,000 

% 
EARNED 

100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 

AMOUNT 
$1,050,000 
$400,000 
$190,000 
$1,640,000 

% 
EARNED 

TOTAL 

100.0%  $2,240,000 
$870,000 
100.0% 
100.0% 
$450,000 
100.0%  $3,560,000 

The Board regularly assesses both short-term and long-term incentives against a strict set of criteria and 
believes that delivering superior results to securityholders supports the above incentive payments.   

Assessment of FY23 Outcomes 

The assessment of the FY23 STI outcomes was considered against a predetermined set of assessment criteria.  
The criteria utilised for assessing the MD’s FY23 STI were: 

Element  Weighting  Metrics 

Rationale 

Achievement in FY23 

Financial 

70% 

Underlying 
Earnings of 
11.1cps (10% 
out 
performance if 
Underlying EPS 
>11.1cps - 
$11.5cps) 

Implementation 
of major 
projects 

Strategic 

15% 

Risk 
management 

Innovation & 
enhancement 
of processes 
and procedures 

Underlying EPS ensures 
alignment to the 
Consolidated Group’s 
financial performance 
and securityholders’ 
experience 

Achievement: 100% 
A record high Underlying EPS of 
11.5cps was achieved over the 
12-month performance period, 
representing a year-on-year 
growth of 8.5% 

Delivering priorities 
consistent with the long-
term strategies of the 
Consolidated Group 
under the “Four Pillars” 
strategy. The “Four Pillar” 
strategy aims to deliver 
securityholders a stable 
and growing income 
stream from a portfolio 
of geographically 
diversified high-quality 
self-storage assets 

Achievement: 100% 
The Board considered the 
application of the stated strategy 
in the assessment: 
1.  Organic Growth 

 

Exceeded FY23 EPS 
targets 
2.  Acquisitions 

 

 
 

10 new storage centres, 
the freehold of one 
previously leasehold 
storage centre  
22 development sites 
totalling $243 million 

3.  Developments 

  Completed four 

developments adding 
over 22,200m2 of NLA 
  Added 22 sites to the 
development and 
expansion pipeline 
Technology and Innovation 
  WineArk customer 

management system 
upgrade completed 

4. 

Element  Weighting  Metrics 

Rationale 

Achievement in FY23 

•  Cyber security and PCI 

compliance program 

Individual 

15% 

Undertaking all 
necessary 
investor relations 
activities 
expected of an 
ASX:200 listed  
entity 

Delivery of  
timely and  
accurate  
management  
reports 

Maintenance  
of a suitable  
qualified 
executive  
team 

Maintenance  
of best practice  
health, safety  
environmental  
practices 

Individual KPIs are 
designed to foster and 
drive high-performance 
amongst the key 
executive team 
members. The KPIs are 
intended to cover duties 
and responsibilities 
relevant to individual 
executives across 
several key operational 
areas including but not 
limited to staff 
continuity/development, 
risk management and 
ESG 

Achievement: 100% 
The Board considered the 
following in assessing individual 
KPIs for FY23: 

•  No significant adverse 

feedback from investors 
on the quality of investor 
briefings or presentations 
or other major concerns. 
•  All management reports 
delivered in accordance 
with agreed timeframe 
and of the quality 
expected for an ASX200 
entity 

•  No material errors in 

management reporting. 

•  All key executive team 
members retained 
during the reporting 
period 
LTIFR – maintaining a 
LITFR at or below the 
industry benchmark was 
achieved 

• 

•  No reportable health, 

safety or environmental 
incidences during the 
reporting period 

The assessment of the FY23 LTI outcomes was considered against a predetermined set of assessment criteria.  
The criteria utilised were: 

Metric 

Weighting 

Vesting Schedule 

Relative Total 
Shareholder Return 
(rTSR) 

70% 

RTSR when ranked to the 
comparator group of ASX 200 A-
REIT Index 

Scrip subject to rTSR hurdle that 
vest 

<50th percentile 
50th percentile 
>50th - <75th percentile 
>=75th percentile 

0% 
50% 
Pro-rata from 50%-100% 
100% 

Earnings Per Share 
(EPS) Growth 

30% 

EPS growth achieved over the 
performance period 
10.0cps 

Scrip subject to EPS hurdle that 
vest 

100% 

In assessing performance against the criteria above the Board sourced NSR’s TSR ranking (as outlined above) 
and determined that NSR ranked number five (82nd percentile) for TSR over the 3 year period to 30 June 2023, 
resulting in 100% of the TSR component being payable.  The Board also determined that the FY23 Earnings Per 
Share (EPS) of 11.5cps satisfied that EPS component of the LTI, resulting in 100% of the EPS component being 
payable. 

The STI will be paid in accordance with the payment structure outlined above with 70% being paid as cash 
and 30% paid as scrip which will be restricted for a period of 12 month.  The LTI will also be paid in accordance 
with the payment structure outlined above with 30% paid as cash and 70% paid through the vesting of 
performance rights, with any unvested performance rights lapsing.  Any performance rights vesting, given the 
three-year assessment period, will be issued free of restrictions.  The table below outlines the cash, scrip and 
performance rights components of the FY23 STI and LTI.  The scrip component will be calculated using the 30-
day VWAP to 30 June 2022 of $2.259. 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

48 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

49 

49

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STI Payable 

KMP 

MAX STI  
$ 

STI EARNED 
$ 

% 

CASH $ 

STI PAYABLE 
SCRIP $ 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

1,190,000 
470,000 
260,000 
1,920,000 

100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 

1,190,000 
470,000 
260,000 
1,920,000 

 833,000  
 329,000  
 182,000  
1,344,000  

 357,000  
 141,000  
 78,000  
 576,000  

SCRIP @ 
$2.2589 

 158,042  
 62,420  
 34,531  
 254,993  

LTI Payable 

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

Total STI and LTI Payable 

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

MAX LTI  

CASH  
($) 

 315,000  
 120,000  
 57,000  
 492,000  

RIGHTS  
(No.) 
 359,600  
 137,000  
 65,100  
 561,700  

LTI EARNED 
% 

CASH $ 

100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 
100.0% 

 315,000  
 120,000  
 57,000  
 492,000  

LTI PAYABLE 
RIGHTS 
VESTED 
 359,600  
 137,000  
 65,100  
 561,700  

RIGHTS 
LAPSED 

- 
- 
- 
- 

CASH  
($) 
1,148,000  

 449,000  
 239,000  
1,836,000  

SCRIP @ 
$2.2589 

 158,042  
 62,420  
 34,531  
 254,993  

RIGHTS 
VESTED 
 359,600  
 137,000  
 65,100  
 561,700  

RIGHTS 
LAPSED 

- 
- 
- 
- 

The issue of scrip to directors requires shareholder approval under the ASX Listing Rules and as such resolutions 
to approve the issues for the MD and HoLG will be included in the Notice of Meeting for the upcoming Annual 
General Meeting.  Should shareholder approval not be attained the amounts will be paid as cash. 

NSR REMUNERATION FRAMEWORK 

KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL - EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS AND SENIOR EXECUTIVES 
The primary objective of the remuneration arrangements for executive directors and senior executives is to 
motivate, incentivise and retain key employees whilst creating maximum alignment with corporate and 
stakeholder best interests.  All remuneration paid to executive directors and senior executives comprises four 
components: 

•  Base pay and benefits (including superannuation) 
•  Short-term performance incentives 
•  Long-term performance incentives 
•  Other remuneration (if applicable) 

Base salary and benefits 
The Managing Director and senior executives are paid a base salary that includes employer contributions to 
superannuation funds. Remuneration is reviewed annually and there is no guarantee of base salary increases. 

The NSR executive management team has successfully navigated numerous significant micro and macro 
challenges, achieving an outcome which is acknowledged to be one of the best performances in the A-REIT 
sector from both an operational earnings and security price performance perspective.   

The FY24 remuneration increases consider the senior executives’ highly demanding roles, their increasing 
tenure, high degree of competency in their respective areas as well as the sector specifics of their individual 
roles and the significant increase in the size of the company from both an operational and market 
capitalisation perspective.  The team assembled is highly competent, cohesive, collaborative and has the 
capacity to successfully manage and drive business growth well into the future.  This growth involves the 
evolution of NSR’s existing strategies as well as NSR embracing new strategies, designed to build on its existing 
market and storage sector leadership as well as increasing its competitiveness in all areas of the business 
including technological innovation and advancement. The executive team has consistently demonstrated its 
willingness to make decisions in the best long-term strategic, corporate and securityholder interests of NSR. 

Independent remuneration consultant SW Corporate was engaged during the Reporting Period to provide 
benchmarking against the ASX200 A-REIT index and ASX75-125.  Previous benchmarking had focused on 
comparisons against the ASX200 A-REIT index and ASX100-200, however given NSR is approaching inclusion in 
the ASX100 it was determined that the ASX75-125 would be a more representative and appropriate group for 
comparison.   

The Board has elected to position TFR and TR within the 25th to 50th percentile range of the comparator group.  
In general, the review concluded that against the ASX75-125 comparator group, incentive opportunity levels, 
particularly the STI, are generally low against comparable roles, reducing the overall competitiveness of the 
total package, despite NSR’s overall performance which is at the upper end of its comparator group. As a 
result, TR for all roles is below the desired positioning of the median.  Against NSR’s REIT peers however, TFR and 
TR is more competitive against this group, however low STI opportunity persists. 

After considering the SW Corporate report, and all other internal and external factors, the Board determined 
that the aggregate fixed remuneration for the KMP for the year commencing 1 July 2023 will increase as per 
the table below. 

KMP 
Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 

FY23 TFR 

$1,250,000 
$660,000 
$475,000 

FY24 TFR 
$1,325,000 
$710,000 
$525,000 

% CHANGE 

6.0% 
7.6% 
10.5% 

Short-term and long-term incentives 
KMP senior executives may also be entitled to participate in the STI and LTI programs that are in place from 
time to time.  The incentive programs are at the discretion of the Board and do not constitute an entitlement 
under the executive service agreements of the respective KMP.  Total incentive programs are assessed against 
a broad comparator group and adjusted to reflect factors such as the criticality of the role, experience, 
length of service and NSR’s positioning within the comparator group including the ASX200 A-REIT index and 
ASX75-125.   

Short-Term Incentive (STI) 
The STI contains four separate elements that will be assessed independently of the other elements.  The STI is an 
annual incentive and will be paid in accordance with the payment structure outlined below. 

ELEMENT 

PERCENTAGE 
OF STI 

CRITERIA 

Financial 
Financial – Out 
Performance* 
Individual KPI’s 
Strategic 

70% 
10% 

15% 
15% 

Achieve Underlying Earnings as determined by the Board 
Exceeding Underlying Earnings targets 

Individual performance criteria set in conjunction with MD/Board 
Assessment in accordance with performance in the following 
areas: 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Implementation of major projects 
Staff continuity 
Risk management 
Innovation and enhancement of processes and procedures 

Total 

100% (Max) 

* The Financial Out-Performance STI is only payable to the extent that the total STI payable does not exceed 100%.  

The minimum STI payable is zero and maximum STI payable is $2,234,250 for FY24 in aggregate for all KMP.   

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

MAX STI 
FY23  
$ 

1,190,000 
470,000 
260,000 
1,920,000 

MAX STI 
FY24  
$ 

1,325,000 
568,000 
341,250 
2,234,250 

Long-Term Incentive (LTI) 
The LTI criteria have been set so as to align the interests of KMP with those of securityholders.  The LTI contains 
two separate components which are independently tested.  The LTI is an annual incentive and will be paid in 
accordance with the payment structure outlined below. 

ELEMENT 

PERCENTAGE 
OF LTI 

CRITERIA 

Total Shareholder Return 

70% 

Earnings Per Share Growth 

30% 

Minimum total shareholder return above the 50th percentile 
in comparison to the ASX 200 A-REIT index.  The LTI becomes 
payable in accordance with the sliding scale below once 
the 50th percentile hurdle is met. 
Target earnings per share growth of at least 5% per annum.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

50 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

51 

51

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the purposes of determining the LTI attributable to Total Shareholder Return in any given period, the 
following scale is applied: 

NSR TSR v ASX 200 A-REIT INDEX 

LTI PAYABLE 

<50th percentile 
50th percentile 
>50th - <75th percentile 
>= 75th percentile 

0% 
50% 
Pro-rata from 50% - 100% 
100% 

3 YEAR PERIOD ENDING 

REFERENCE YEAR 

EPS 

TARGET 

30 June 2024 
30 June 2025 
30 June 2026 

30 June 2021 
30 June 2022 
30 June 2023 

8.5 
10.6 
11.5 

10.5 
12.3 
13.3 

 3 YEAR 
GROWTH 
24% 
16% 
16% 

The minimum LTI payable is zero and maximum LTI payable is $2,177,000 for FY24 in aggregate for all KMP. 

KMP 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 
Total 

MAX LTI 
FY23 ($) 
1,187,500 
462,000 
261,250 
1,910,750 

MAX LTI 
FY24 ($) 
1,391,250 
497,000 
288,750 
2,177,000 

The LTI is assessed over a rolling three-year period and as such to be eligible for payment of the LTI, KMP must 
have been employed by NSR for three years (or shorter period as determined by the Board).  Post three years’ 
service, the LTI will be paid on an annual basis on the previous three years’ performance against the pre-
determined criteria.  

Future Incentives 
The Board periodically reviews the structure of the incentive plans based on market best practice and 
feedback received from both investors and proxy advisors and assesses the structure of forward payments to 
be made under these plans and the appropriate combination of cash and scrip, to ensure the alignment of 
executive remuneration with current investor expectations and returns.   

In assessing the appropriate remuneration structure going forward, the Board considered several factors, 
including, independent consultants report on both NSR’s current KMP remuneration levels and structure, 
market practice remuneration structures of comparator companies, and investor and proxy advisor feedback.  
Following detailed consideration of these factors, the Board has determined that the payment of any STI and 
LTI earned will be as follows: 

STI payment structure 
Any STI earned for the Reporting Period, and future reporting periods, will be paid in the form of 70% cash and 
30% scrip.  The quantum of scrip will be determined using the 30-day VWAP up to 30 June at the 
commencement of the relevant year.  As such the value of the scrip component will reflect the relative share 
price performance for the relevant year.  The scrip will be issued at the end of the assessment period, subject 
to satisfaction of the performance criteria, Board approval and any shareholder approvals required.  The scrip 
component will be restricted for a period of 12 months, meaning that the KMP cannot deal in the scrip for 12 
months and that the Board has certain claw back rights over the scrip during the restricted period.  The claw 
back provisions could be triggered under circumstances such as, but not limited to:  

•  Dismissal (termination for cause) 
• 
• 
• 
• 

Fraud 
Breach of duties 
Serious misconduct 
Resignation  

The issue of scrip to directors requires shareholder approval under the ASX Listing Rules and as such, resolutions 
to approve the issues for the MD and HoLG will need to be drafted and included in the Notice of Meeting 
(NOM) for each year that an issue is required to be made.  Should shareholder approval not be attained, the 
Board may choose to make the equivalent award in cash. 

LTI payment structure 
Any LTI earned for the Reporting Period, and future reporting periods, will be paid in the form of 30% cash and 
70% equity through the issue of performance rights.  The cash component is designed to enable KMP to fund 
any tax liability on the equity component and mitigate any need to dispose of NSR securities to fund tax 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

52 

liabilities.  The quantum of equity will be determined using the 30-day VWAP up to 30 June in the relevant year 
that the performance rights are issued.  The Board will review the use of cash as part of the LTI on a regular 
basis. 

The equity component is structured through the issue of performance rights at the commencement of the 
three-year LTI assessment period.  The performance rights will vest and convert into scrip at the end of the 
assessment period, based on the performance criteria, with any unvested rights lapsing.  The issue of the rights 
and the conditions associated with them are contained in the NSR Equity Incentive Plan Rules. 

The number of performance rights to be issued for the three-year assessment period commencing on 1 July 
2023 and ending 30 June 2026 is based off the approved FY24 LTI using the 30-day VWAP to 30 June 2023 as 
the issue price. As such, performance rights will be issued based on a calculation price of $2.4044 with the 
number of rights to be issued (rounded up to the nearest 100) included in the table below. 

KMP 

LTI 
AVAILABLE 
$ 

EQUITY 
COMPONENT 
70% 

PERFORMANCE 
RIGHTS VESTING 
30 JUNE 2026 

Andrew Catsoulis (MD) 
Stuart Owen (CFO) 
Claire Fidler (HoLG) 

1,391,250 
497,000 
288,750 

973,875 
347,900 
202,125 

405,100 
144,700 
84,100 

The LTI EPS target for year ending 30 June 2026 has been set at 13.3 cents per stapled security, representing 
5.0% compound growth over the FY23 EPS of 11.5 cents per stapled security. 

The issue of scrip, including performance rights, to directors requires shareholder approval under the ASX Listing 
Rules and as such resolutions to approve the issues for the MD and HoLG will be included in the Notice of 
Meeting (NOM) for the upcoming Annual General Meeting.  Should shareholder approval not be attained, the 
Board may choose to make the award in cash. 

Other Remuneration 
There was no other remuneration in relation to FY23. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 
Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands which are made on, and the 
responsibilities of, the non-executive directors and their contribution towards the performance of NSR as well 
as the complexity of the National Storage Property Trust, National Storage Financial Services Limited and the 
operating business.  The remuneration policy seeks to ensure that NSR attracts and retains directors with 
appropriate experience and qualifications to oversee the operations of NSR on behalf of the securityholders.  

The number of meetings of directors is shown on page 42 of this report. 

The Constitution of NSH specifies that the amount of the remuneration of the non-executive directors is a 
yearly sum not exceeding the sum from time to time determined by the Company in a general meeting. 
Under the ASX Listing Rules, the total amount paid to all NSH non-executive directors for their services must not 
exceed in aggregate in any financial year the amount fixed by NSH’s annual general meeting.  The amount 
approved by securityholders at the 2019 Annual General meeting was $1,200,000. 

NSH non-executive directors’ fees and Committee fees currently agreed to be paid by NSH effective from 1 
July 2023 are detailed below. Non-executive directors are not eligible to participate in NSR’s incentive plan. 

NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTORS 

BASE FEE 

AUDIT AND RISK 
COMMITTEE FEES 

REMUNERATION AND 
NOMINATION COMMITTEE FEES 

Anthony Keanea. 
Howard Brenchley b. 
lnmaculada Beaumont 
Scott Smith c. 

145,000 
145,000 
145,000 

$35,000 
$15,000 
$15,000 

$15,000 
$15,000 
$30,000 

TOTAL 

$350,000 
$195,000 
$175,000 
$190,000 

a. Chairman and Chair of the Nomination Committee and receives a single fee for all roles 
b. Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee 
c. Chair of the Remuneration Committees 

Where applicable, NSH non-executive directors’ fees include superannuation at the required statutory rate. 

Service agreements 
Remuneration and other terms of employment for the KMP senior executives are formalised in service 
agreements. The service agreements specify the components of remuneration, benefits and notice periods. 
Termination benefits are designed to fall within the limits relevant to the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) such that 
they do not require securityholder approval. However, in addition, all executive contracts make any such 
benefits subject to the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth), all other applicable laws and where necessary 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

53 

53

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securityholder approval.  They also contain provisions which allow NSH to reduce any such payments to ensure 
compliance with the law.  

The terms of employment for the KMP effective from 1 July 2023 period are set out in the table below. 

NAME 

TERM OF 
AGREEMENT AND 
NOTICE PERIOD 

BASE SALARY* 
INCLUDING 
SUPERANNUATION 

TERMINATION PAYMENTS 

Andrew Catsoulis  No fixed term 

$1,325,000 

Stuart Owen 

6 months 

No fixed term 
6 months 

$710,000 

Claire Fidler 

No fixed term 
6 months 

$525,000 

•  6 months in lieu of notice if required by NSH. 
•  6 months in the event of incapacity or illness. 

•  6 months in lieu of notice if required by NSH. 
•  6 months in the event of incapacity or illness. 
•  1 months fixed remuneration plus 2 weeks for 
each year of service – capped at 2 months 
in the event of redundancy 

•  6 months in lieu of notice if required by NSH. 
•  6 months in the event of incapacity or illness. 
•  1 months fixed remuneration plus 2 weeks for 
each year of service – capped at 2 months 
in the event of redundancy 

* Base salaries are annual salaries for the financial year commencing 1 July 2023.  They are reviewed annually by the 
Remuneration Committee. Actual salaries paid in the year ended 30 June 2023 are shown on page 58. 

REMUNERATION GOVERNANCE 

REMUNERATION COMMITTEE AND USE OF REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

The Remuneration Committee’s activities are governed by its Charter, a copy of which is available at 
www.nationalstorageinvest.com.au/governance.   

The responsibilities of the Remuneration Committee include: 
• 

formulate and recommend remuneration policies to apply to the company’s managing director, senior 
executives and non-executive directors; 
formulate the specific remuneration packages for senior executives (including base salary, short-term 
and long-term incentives and other contractual benefits); 
review contractual rights of termination for senior executives; 
review the appropriateness of the company’s succession planning policies; 
review management’s recommendation of the total proposed STI and LTI awards;  
administer the STI and LTI awards; and 
review management recommendations regarding the remuneration framework for the company as a 
whole. 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

The policy seeks to align executive reward with the achievement of strategic objectives and the creation of 
value for securityholders. The primary tenets of the policy are: 
• 

Attract and retain high-quality executives and to reward the capabilities and experience brought to 
NSR by those executives; 
Total reward for key executives is to have a significant “at risk” component; 
The “at risk” component for key executives is to include both short-term incentives (“STI”) and long-term 
incentives (“LTI”) that have a strong focus on quantitative and non-quantitative measures; 
Provide industry competitive rewards linked to securityholder returns; 
Provide recognition for contribution, complexity of role and responsibilities of the officer; 
Remuneration policies and structures must be clear and transparent both to the executives and Board 
of NSR and to securityholders; and 
Promote and encourage a strong, responsible and positive culture amongst all NSR employees 

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 

• 

In addition to the above tenets, the specific objectives of the NSR board has made changes to the 
remuneration framework, and in particular the at-risk components of the structure, from the year commencing 
1 July 2022 include: 
• 

to adjust the TAR of the executive team to reflect the expansion in the scope and scale of their 
respective roles and their performance in the roles; 
achieve a shift in the components of the executive team’s TAR such that there is a greater weighting 
towards “at risk remuneration”; and  
to achieve the introduction of partial equity-based remuneration as part of the TAR for the executive 
team.  

• 

• 

TARGET MARKET POSITIONING 
Total Annual Remuneration (TAR) is assessed against a broad comparator group and adjusted to reflect 
factors such as the criticality and complexity of the role, experience, length of service and NSR’s positioning 
within the group.  The individual components of TAR, comprising Total Fixed Remuneration (TFR), STI and LTI are 
individually assessed within this framework and structured to provide both short-term and long-term incentives 
to KMP that align with delivery of short-term and long-term value to securityholders. 

When selecting the comparator group, the data is collected from a combination of sources including audited 
Remuneration Reports of the selected companies and information provided in FY23 by SW Corporate as part 
of the review of remuneration and remuneration structures.  The NSR Board believes this provides an 
appropriate pool of data that is statistically relevant.  This data is then assessed against NSR’s current size, 
industry positioning and other relevant factors to determine the appropriate information against which to 
assess NSR’s remuneration framework. 

The deliberations of the Remuneration Committee, including any recommendations made on remuneration 
issues, are considered by the full NSH Board.  In making its recommendations to the Board, the Remuneration 
Committee takes into account advice from independent remuneration advisors on trends in remuneration for 
KMP.  The independent remuneration advisors consider a range of factors including the specific responsibilities 
assumed by KMP.  An independent remuneration consultant, SW Corporate, was engaged during the 
Reporting Period to assess the directors’ and senior executives’ current remuneration and remuneration 
structure, and to provide a summary on market practice relating to executive remuneration and remuneration 
structures, including the use of equity-based components within incentive plans.  The advice did not constitute 
a remuneration recommendation as defined in the Corporations Act Cth 2001.  

The Remuneration Committee comprises four independent non-executive directors and is chaired by Scott 
Smith.  The Remuneration Committee met five times during the Reporting Period.  

PRINCIPLES USED TO DETERMINE THE NATURE AND AMOUNT OF REMUNERATION 
The overall objective of the remuneration policy is to ensure that Group remuneration is competitive, reflects 
responsibilities of the officers and ensures that NSR is able to attract and retain executives and directors with 
the skills and capabilities required to sustainably deliver NSR’s objectives. 

The remuneration of directors and senior executives is reviewed at least annually by the Remuneration 
Committee and the full NSH Board.  External analysis and advice is sought by the Committee, where 
considered appropriate, to ensure that the remuneration for directors and senior executives is competitive in 
the marketplace and appropriate for the organisation.    

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

54 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2023 

55 

55

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
%

%
0

%
0

%
0

%
0

%
1
6

%
5
4

%
4
5

6
5

9
3
3
,
2
4
3
$

4
2
1
,
8
4
2
$

2
2
8
,
9
3
3
$

4
9
4
,
9
3
2
$

6
1
5
,
8
4
3
$

1
2
6
,
5
4
2
$

5
7
9
,
1
6
$

9
1
9
,
4
4
$

9
1
5
,
1
6
$

7
5
3
,
3
4
$

7
6
1
,
6
7
$

0
8
6
,
3
5
$

0
3
5
,
4
9
$

4
2
4
,
0
3
1
$

5
6
4
,
9
2
1
$

2
4
2
,
1
9
$

6
3
0
,
7
9
$

7
8
6
,
7
3
1
$

f

o
e
u
a
V

l

s
t
h
g

i
r

d
e
t
n
a
g

r

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

*
r
a
e
y

%

%
0

%
0

%
0

%
0

%
0

%
4
6

%
7
4

%
5
5

$

5
4
1
,
8
2
3

0
0
4
,
6
8
1

3
3
0
,
8
6
1

1
1
3
,
1
6
1

1
1
6
,
6
5

$

-

-

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

-

-

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
(

)
D
E
L
T
T
E
S

$

-

-

-

-

-

0
1
6
,
7
4
9

9
1
1
,
9
1
5
,
3

1
8
2
,
8
2

7
4
7
,
0
1

0
0
0
,
5
3
7

0
0
0
,
3
3
1

9
8
7
,
4
9
5
,
1

8
1
0
,
2
6
9
,
6

2
3
9
,
4
1

0
6
9
,
3
5

0
0
0
,
0
8
2

0
0
0
,
8
4
1
,
1

0
0
0
,
7
5

0
0
0
,

5
1
3

0
0
0
,

0
2
1

0
0
0
,

2
9
4

$

-

-

2
9
2
,
5
2

9
2
4
,
5

6
7
2
,
5
1

2
9
2
,
5
2

2
9
2
,
5
2

2
9
2
,
5
2

3
7
8
,
1
2
1

-

-

-

-

$

1
8
8
,
1

0
6
5
,
0
1

0
6
5
,
0
1

0
6
5
,
0
1

1
6
5
,
3
3

D
E
T
A
L
E
R

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

L
A
T
O

T

G
N
O
L

E
V
A
E
L

I

E
C
V
R
E
S

G
N
O
L
D
E
T
S
E
V

M
R
E
T

G
N
O
L

T
N
E
M
Y
O
L
P
M
E
-
T
S
O
P

-
N
O
N

S
E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

)
H
S
A
C

(

N
O
I
T
A
U
N
N
A
R
E
P
U
S

S
T
I
F
E
N
E
B

M
R
E
T

E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

S
T
I
F
E
N
E
B

Y
R
A
T
E
N
O
M

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
(

)
D
E
L
T
T
E
S

)
H
S
A
C

(

E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

M
R
E
T

T
R
O
H
S

S
E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

M
R
E
T

T
R
O
H
S

S
E
E
F

&
Y
R
A
L
A
S

$

-

-

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

-

-

$

2
7
9
,
0
0
3

0
0
4
,
6
8
1

3
3
0
,
8
6
1

5
3
0
,
6
4
1

2
8
1
,
1
5

0
0
0
,
8
7

0
0
0
,
7
5
3

0
0
0
,
1
4
1

0
0
0
,
6
7
5

0
0
0
,
3
3
8

0
0
0
,
2
8
1

1
1
0
,
1
5
4

6
8
9
,
4
1
2
,
1

0
0
0
,
9
2
3

0
0
0
,
4
4
3
,
1

5
0
0
,
4
7
6

4
2
6
,
2
9
1
,
3

D
E
T
A
L
E
R

E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

L
A
T
O

T

G
N
O
L

E
V
A
E
L

I

E
C
V
R
E
S

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
(

)
D
E
L
T
T
E
S

D
E
T
S
E
V

M
R
E
T

G
N
O
L

S
E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

)
H
S
A
C

(

N
O
I
T
A
U
N
N
A
R
E
P
U
S

S
T
I
F
E
N
E
B

S
E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

)
H
S
A
C

(

M
R
E
T
G
N
O
L

T
N
E
M
Y
O
L
P
M
E
-
T
S
O
P

-
N
O
N

E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

S
T
I
F
E
N
E
B

Y
R
A
T
E
N
O
M

M
R
E
T

T
R
O
H
S

E
V
I
T
N
E
C
N

I

S
E
E
F

M
R
E
T

T
R
O
H
S

&
Y
R
A
L
A
S

$

2
6
0
,
3
4
2

3
1
9
,
0
1
2

1
8
1
,
3
5
1

0
5
6
,
2
5
1

$

-

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

-

$

-

-

-

-

0
3
0
,
6
4
8

4
3
0
,
3
2
4
,
3

8
5
0
,
0
8
4
,
1

8
2
9
,
8
0
5
,
6

9
5
6
,
9

3
7
2
,
7
2

8
1
3
,
4
1

0
5
2
,
1
5

0
0
0
,
5
3
7

0
0
0
,
3
3
1

0
0
0
,
0
8
2

0
0
0
,
8
4
1
,
1

0
0
0
,
7
5

0
0
0
,
5
1
3

0
0
0
,
0
2
1

0
0
0
,
2
9
4

$

9
9
3
,
7
1

4
4
8
,
8
1

-

4
0
9
,
3
1

8
9
0
,
2
2

6
4
7
,
0
2

9
9
9
,
9
1

0
9
9
,
2
1
1

-

-

-

$

2
7
0
,
8

0
6
5
,
0
1

0
6
5
,
0
1

0
6
5
,
0
1

2
5
7
,
9
3

$

-

-

-

-

Y
T
I
U
Q
E
(

)
D
E
L
T
T
E
S

$

-

-

-

-

$

1
9
5
,
7
1
2

9
6
0
,
2
9
1

1
8
1
,
3
5
1

6
4
7
,
8
3
1

0
0
0
,
7
5

0
0
0
,
5
1
3

0
0
0
,
0
2
1

0
0
0
,
2
9
4

0
0
0
,
5
3
7

0
0
0
,
3
3
1

5
6
0
,
5
2
4

3
0
1
,
3
6
2
,
1

0
0
0
,
0
8
2

0
0
0
,

8
4
1
,
1

1
8
1
,
5
3
6

6
3
9
,
4
2
0
,
3

t

s
r
o
c
e
r
i

d
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
N

t
n
o
m
u
a
e
B
a
d
a
u
c
a
m
n

l

I

)
1
(

i

h
g
e
L
n
e
v
e
t
S

h
t
i

m
S

t
t
o
c
S

l

y
e
h
c
n
e
r
B
d
a
w
o
H

r

e
n
a
e
K
y
n
o
h
t
n
A

t

s
r
o
c
e
r
i

d
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
E

s
i
l

u
o
s
t
a
C
w
e
d
n
A

r

s
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
e

i

r
o
n
e
S

n
e
w
O

t
r

a
u
t
S

l

a
t
o
T

2
2
0
2

r

l

e
d
F
e

i

r
i

l

a
C

3
2
0
2

t

s
r
o
c
e
r
i

d
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
e
-
n
o
N

)
2
(
e
d
n

l

i
r
B
e
c
n
e
u
a
L

r

)
3
(

e
n
a
e
K
y
n
o
h
t
n
A

l

y
e
h
c
n
e
r
B
d
a
w
o
H

r

i

h
g
e
L
n
e
v
e
t
S

t

s
r
o
c
e
r
i

d
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
E

s
i
l

u
o
s
t
a
C
w
e
d
n
A

r

s
e
v
i
t

u
c
e
x
e

i

r
o
n
e
S

n
e
w
O

t
r

a
u
t
S

l

a
t
o
T

r

l

e
d
F
e

i

r
i

l

a
C

.

d
o

i
r

e
P
g
n
i
t
r
o
p
e
R
e
h
t

r

o

f
P
M
K
s
’
y
n
a
p
m
o
C
e
h
t

y
b
d
e
v
e
c
e

i

r

n
o
i
t

r

a
e
n
u
m
e

r

e
h
t

f

o
s
l
i

a

t
e
d

t
u
o
t
e
s

l

s
e
b
a

t
g
n
w
o

i

l
l

o

f

e
h
T

N
O
I
T
A
R
E
N
U
M
E
R

F
O
S
L
I
A
T
E
D

r

a
e
y

r

a
e
y

t

*
e
a
d

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

t
n
a
g

r

t

a

t
h
g

i
r

s
t
h
g

i
r

d
e
t
n
a
g

r

e
h
t

g
n
i
r
u
d

r

a
e
y

i

h
c
h
w

s
t
h
g

i
r

t
s
e
v

t
n
a
g

r

d
e
s
p
a

l

s
t
h
g
R

i

d
e
t
s
e
v
s
t
h
g
R

i

f

o
e
u
a
v

l

r
i

a
F

f

o
r
e
b
m
u
N

n

i

r

a
e
Y

f

o
r

a
e
Y

r

d
a
w
A

e
m
a
N

I

R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
G
N
R
U
D
D
E
S
P
A
L
D
N
A
D
E
T
S
E
V

,

I

D
E
D
R
A
W
A
S
T
H
G
R
E
C
N
A
M
R
O
F
R
E
P

3
2
0
2

E
N
U
J

0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
R
O
F

T
R
O
P
E
R
’
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

2
2
0
2
r

e
b
o
t
c
O
6
2
e
v
i
t
c
e

f
f

r

e
d
a
o
B
e
h
t

m
o

r
f

d
e

r
i
t
e

r

h
g
e
L

i

r

M
–

2
2
0
2

l
i
r

A
5
e
v
i
t
c
e

f
f

e
n
a
m

r
i

i

a
h
C
d
e
t
n
o
p
p
a
s
a
w
e
n
a
e
K
r

M
–

2
2
0
2

l
i
r

p
A
5
e
v
i
t
c
e

f
f

r

e
d
a
o
B
e
h
t

m
o

r
f

d
e

r
i
t
e

r

l

e
d
n

i
r
B
r

M
–

)
1
(

)
2
(

)
3
(

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
2
7
,
1
5
2

0
8
8
,
7
0
1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

0
7
5
,
5
4

0
3
5
,
9
1

0
0
9
,
5
9

0
0
1
,
1
4

-

-

-

-

6
3
.
1
$

0
3
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

6
3
.
1
$

0
3
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

6
3
.
1
$

0
3
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

5
3
.
1
$

2
2
.
2
$

0
2
7
,
1
5
2

0
8
8
,
7
0
1

0
2
7
,
1
5
2

0
8
8
,
7
0
1

0
6
1
,
8
5
2

0
4
6
,
0
1
1

0
7
5
,
5
4

0
3
5
,
9
1

0
7
5
,
5
4

0
3
5
,
9
1

0
2
4
,
6
5

0
8
1
,
4
2

0
0
9
,
5
9

0
0
1
,
1
4

0
0
9
,
5
9

0
0
1
,
1
4

0
1
7
,
3
4

0
9
9
,
1
0
1

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

4
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

5
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

2
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

3
2
0
2

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

R
S
T

-

S
P
E
-

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

i

s
t
h
g
R
e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
3
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
4
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

e
P
5
2
Y
F

)

D
M

(

s
i
l

u
o
s
t
a
C
w
e
d
n
A

r

)

G
L
o
H
(

r

l

e
d
F
e

i

r
i

l

a
C

)

O
F
C

(
n
e
w
O

t
r

a
u
t
S

.

1
2
e
t
o
n
o
t

r

e
e

f

r

e
s
a
e
p

l

,

d
e
s
u
s
n
o
i
t

p
m
u
s
s
a
d
n
a
s
l
e
d
o
m
g
n
d
u
c
n

l

i

i

,
s
t
h
g

i
r

e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

e
p

f

o
n
o
i
t

l

a
u
a
v
e
h
t
n
o
s
l
i

a

t
e
d

r

o
F

.
2
B
S
A
A

r

e
p

t
n
a
g

r

f

o
e
m

i
t
e
h
t

t

i

a
d
e
n
m
e
t
e
D
  *

r

.

e
t
a
d

t
n
a
g

r

r
i

e
h
t
e
c
n
i
s
n
o
i
t

r

a
e
n
u
m
e

r

r

s
a
d
e
d
a
w
a
s
t
h
g

i
r

e
c
n
a
m
o

r

f
r

e
p

f

o
s
n
o
i
t
i

d
n
o
c
d
n
a
s

r

m
e
t
e
h
t
o
t

s
n
o
i
t

r

a
e
t
l

r

a
o
n
e
e
w
e
e
h
  T

r

7
5

3
2
0
2

E
N
U
J

0
3
D
E
D
N
E
R
A
E
Y
E
H
T
R
O
F

T
R
O
P
E
R
’
S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

57

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECURITYHOLDINGS OF DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVES 
The movement during the Reporting Period in the number of stapled securities, directly, indirectly or 
beneficially held by Directors and KMP senior executives, including parties related to them, is as follows: 

BALANCE  
30 JUNE 
2022 

GRANTED AS 
REMUNERATIO
N 

ON 
EXERCISE  
OF OPTIONS 

ACQUIRED 

BALANCE  
30 JUNE 
2023 

Directors of NSH 
Anthony Keane 
Andrew Catsoulis 
Howard Brenchley 
Scott Smith(1) 
Inmaculada Beaumont(1) 
Steven Leigh(2) 
Claire Fidler 

242,016 
14,787,952 
122,751 

42,509 
- 
233,068 

69,406 

-  
464,829 
- 
- 
- 
- 
84,113 

Executives of NSH 
Stuart Owen 
Total 

225,773 
15,723,475 

177,079 
726,021  

-  
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

12,449 
12,449 
12,449 
112,449 
37,449 
- 
- 

254,465 
15,265,230 
135,200 

154,958 
37,449 
- 

153,519 

12,449 
199,694 

415,301 
16,416,122 

1.  Appointed during the year.  30 June 2022 balance reflects balance on appointment. 
2.  Mr Leigh ceased being a Director effective 26 October 2022 

The movement during the Reporting Period in the number of performance rights, directly, indirectly or 
beneficially held by Directors and KMP senior executives, including parties related to them, is as follows: 

BALANCE  
30 JUNE 2022 

GRANTED AS 
REMUNERATION 

VESTED 

LAPSED 

BALANCE  
30 JUNE 2023 

Directors of NSH 
Anthony Keane 
Andrew Catsoulis 
Howard Brenchley 
Scott Smith 
Inmaculada Beaumont 
Steven Leigh* 
Claire Fidler 

- 
719,200 
- 
- 
- 
- 

130,200 

-  
368,800 
- 
- 
- 
- 
80,600 

Executives of NSH 
Stuart Owen 
Total 
* Mr Leigh ceased being a Director effective 26 October 2022 

274,000 
1,123,400 

145,700 
595,100 

-  
359,600 
- 
- 
- 
- 
65,100 

137,000 
561,700 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
728,400 
- 
- 
- 
- 

145,700 

282,700 
1,156,800 

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required under Section 307C of the Corporations Act 
2001 (Cth) is set out on page 63. 

Non-audit services 
The following non-audit services were provided by the entity's auditor, Ernst & Young Australia.  The 
Directors of NSH are satisfied that the provision of non-audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth).  The nature and 
scope of each type of non-audit service provided means that auditor independence was not 
compromised. 

Ernst & Young Australia received or are due to receive $70,716 for the provision of Category 4 fees for other 
services conducted during the financial year.  Refer Note 22 of the financial statements. 

FEES PAID TO AND INTERESTS HELD IN NSPT BY THE RESPONSIBLE ENTITY OR ITS ASSOCIATES 
Fees paid to the Responsible Entity and its associates out of NSPT property during the year are disclosed in 
the Statement of Comprehensive Income and are detailed in Note 18 to the financial statements.  

No fees were paid to the Directors of the Responsible Entity during the year out of NSPT. 

INTERESTS IN NSPT 
The movement in units on issue by NSPT during the year is set out in Note 14 to the financial statements.  

This Directors’ Report is made on 23 August 2023 in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors 
of National Storage Holdings Limited and is signed for and on behalf of the Directors. 

Anthony Keane 
Non-Executive Chairman 
National Storage Holdings Limited 
Brisbane 

Andrew Catsoulis 
Managing Director 
National Storage Holdings Limited 
Brisbane 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  
There were no other transactions with KMP and their related parties during the reporting period. 

SIGNIFICANT EVENTS AFTER BALANCE SHEET DATE 

For the period from 1 July 2023 to the date of this report the Group settled two storage centre investment 
properties, two development sites, and purchased the freehold of a leasehold component of an existing 
centre for total consideration of $45.3m. 

On 22 August 2023, the Group secured $150m of new senior unsecured debt facilities, comprised of a $50m 
three-year facility and a $100m five-year facility. In addition, the Group extended $30m of existing undrawn 
facilities maturing September 2023 for a period of one year.   

ROUNDING 
The amounts contained in this Directors’ Report and in the Financial Report have been rounded to the 
nearest $1,000 (unless otherwise stated) under the option available under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in 
Financial/Directors’ Reports) Instrument 2016/191.  The Consolidated Group and NSPT Group are entities to 
which the ASIC Instrument applies.  

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 202 

58 

DIRECTORS’ REPORT FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 202 

59 

59

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 

  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration to the directors of National Storage 
Holdings Limited and its controlled entities 

As lead auditor for the audit of the financial report of National Storage Holdings Limited and its 
controlled entities for the financial year ended 30 June 2023, I declare to the best of my knowledge 
and belief, there have been: 

a.  No contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in 

relation to the audit;  

b.  No contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit; and 

c.  No non-audit services provided that contravene any applicable code of professional conduct in 

relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of National Storage Holdings Limited and the entities it controlled during 
the financial year. 

Ernst & Young 

Wade Hansen 
Partner 
Brisbane 
23 August 2023 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

61

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial 
STATEMENTS

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS 
For the year ended 30 June 2023 

Revenue from rental income 
Revenue from contracts with customers 
Interest income 
Total revenue 

Employee expenses 
Premises costs 
Advertising and marketing costs 
Insurance costs 
Information technology and communications 
Other operational expenses 
Finance costs 
Share of (loss) / profit from joint ventures and associates 
Gain from fair value adjustments 
Restructuring and other non-recurring costs 
Foreign exchange gains / (losses) 

Notes 

5 
7 

6 

6 
7 
13 
8 

2023 
$'000 

312,735 
14,647 
2,654 
330,036 

(58,163) 
(37,840) 
(8,908) 
(6,585) 
(7,911) 
(17,835) 
(47,960) 
(23) 
188,011 
- 
1,395 

2022 
$'000 

260,929 
17,207 
751 
278,887 

(51,243) 
(33,754) 
(7,335) 
(6,137) 
(6,438) 
(17,965) 
(32,131) 
1,741 
510,420 
(4,357) 
(832) 

Profit before income tax  

334,217 

630,856 

Income tax expense 

Profit after tax  

Profit for the year attributable to: 
Members of National Storage Holdings Limited 
Non-controlling interest (unitholders of NSPT) 

9 

(13,817) 

(10,238) 

320,400 

620,618 

37,304 
283,096 
320,400 

27,220 
593,398 
620,618 

Basic earnings per stapled security (cents) 
Diluted earnings per stapled security (cents) 

20 
20 

25.79 
25.75 

51.79 
51.71 

The above Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes. 

59 

63

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
For the year ended 30 June 2023 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 
As at 30 June 2023 

Profit after tax 

Other comprehensive income 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Exchange differences on translation of foreign operations 
Net gain on cash flow hedges 
Other comprehensive gain for the year, net of tax 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

320,400 

620,618 

4,357 
579 
4,936 

(4,830) 
26,793 
21,963 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

325,336 

642,581 

Total comprehensive income for the year attributable to: 

Members of National Storage Holdings Limited 
Non-controlling interest (unitholders of NSPT) 

37,368 
287,968 
325,336 

27,076 
615,505 
642,581 

ASSETS 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 

Non-current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment properties 
Investment in joint ventures and associates 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Other non-current assets 
Total non-current assets 

Total assets 

LIABILITIES 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 
Distribution payable 
Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Other liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

Notes 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

10.1 
10.2 
11.1 
10.3 

10.2 
11.2 
10.7 
11.3 
13 
11.4 
9 
10.3 

10.4 
10.7 
11.5 

11.6 
17 

10.4 
10.5 
10.7 
11.6 
9 
10.6 

67,330 
17,308 
2,107 
11,383 
98,128 

83,651 
20,153 
1,849 
7,009 
112,662 

181 
1,241 
4,381 
4,384,736 
8,986 
47,024 
9,176 
28,183 
4,483,908 

135 
1,365 
5,165 
3,830,234 
10,528 
46,801 
9,537 
37,554 
3,941,319 

4,582,036 

4,053,981 

30,117 
11,285 
17,045 
8,606 
4,947 
74,161 
146,161 

23,936 
10,636 
17,600 
9,769 
3,926 
64,557 
130,424 

1,283 
941,133 
90,086 
9,359 
6,208 
1,289 
1,049,358 

461 
972,017 
97,954 
9,261 
4,972 
- 
1,084,665 

1,195,519 

1,215,089 

3,386,517 

2,838,892 

EQUITY 
Non-controlling interest (unitholders of NSPT) 
Contributed equity 
Other reserves 
Retained earnings 
Total equity 

14 
15 

3,113,954 
191,938 
2,343 
78,282 
3,386,517 

2,631,973 
163,526 
2,415 
40,978 
2,838,892 

The above Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.  

The above Consolidated Statement of Financial Position should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.  

60 

61 

65

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY 
For the year ended 30 June 2023 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  
For the year ended 30 June 2023 

Attributable to securityholders of National Storage REIT 

Contributed 
  equity 
$'000 

Notes 

Retained 
earnings 
$'000 

Other 
reserves 
$'000 

Non-
controlling 
interest 
$'000 

Total 
equity 
$'000 

Balance at 1 July 2022 

163,526 

40,978 

2,415 

2,631,973  2,838,892 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Total comprehensive income 

15 

- 
- 
- 

37,304 
- 
37,304 

- 
64 
64 

283,096 
4,872 
287,968 

320,400 
4,936 
325,336 

Issue of stapled securities  
Costs associated with issue 
of stapled securities 
Deferred tax on cost of issue of 
stapled securities 
Share-based payments 
Distributions 

14 

28,702 

(414) 

124 
- 
- 
28,412 

9 
21 
17 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

(1,640) 

338,968 

366,030 

- 

(4,793) 

(5,207) 

- 
1,504 
- 
(136) 

- 
- 
(140,162) 
194,013 

124 
1,504 
(140,162) 
222,289 

Balance at 30 June 2023 

191,938 

78,282 

2,343 

3,113,954  3,386,517 

Balance at 1 July 2021 

161,320 

13,758 

Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income / 
(loss) 
Total comprehensive income 

15 

- 

- 
- 

27,220 

- 
27,220 

Issue of stapled securities  
Costs associated with issue 
of stapled securities 
Deferred tax on cost of issue of 
stapled securities 
Share-based payments 
Distributions 

14 

2,224 

9 
21 
     17 

(25) 

7 
- 
- 
2,206 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 

3 

- 

2,109,561  2,284,642 

593,398 

620,618 

(144) 
(144) 

22,107 
615,505 

21,963 
642,581 

- 

- 

26,412 

28,636 

(263) 

(288) 

- 
2,556 
- 
2,556 

- 
- 
(119,242) 
(93,093) 

7 
2,556 
(119,242) 
(88,331) 

Balance at 30 June 2022 

163,526 

40,978 

2,415 

2,631,973  2,838,892 

Notes 

2023 
$’000 

2022 
$’000 

Operating activities 
Receipts from customers 
Payments to suppliers and employees 
Interest received 
Income tax paid 
Net cash flows from operating activities 

Investing activities 
Purchase of investment properties  
Development of investment properties under construction 
Improvements to investment properties 
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Development of intangible assets 
Distributions received from joint venture 
Investments in associates and joint ventures 
Net cash flows used in investing activities 

Financing activities 
Proceeds from issue of stapled securities 
Transaction costs on issue of stapled securities 
Distributions paid to stapled security holders 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Financing provided to joint ventures 
Repayment of financing provided to joint ventures 
Payment of principal and interest on lease liabilities 
Interest and other finance costs paid 
Net cash flows from financing activities 

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents 
Net foreign exchange difference 
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 July 
Cash and cash equivalents at 30 June 

10.1 
10.1 
10.1 

11.2 

13 

14 

17 

18 
18 

10.1 

363,733 
(164,427) 
2,330 
(13,325) 
188,311 

(131,501) 
(206,183) 
(6,199) 
(573) 
(998) 
1,619 
(100) 
(343,935) 

340,360 
(5,207) 
(104,888) 
798,403 
(829,351) 
- 
1,150 
(14,624) 
(46,603) 
139,240 

(16,384) 
63 
83,651 
67,330 

305,478 
(139,037) 
118 
(807) 
165,752 

(206,895) 
(66,317) 
(5,155) 
(840) 
(1,132) 
- 
(906) 
(281,245) 

- 
(599) 
(76,779) 
1,230,861 
(1,010,517) 
(225) 
750 
(15,621) 
(24,512) 
103,358 

(12,135) 
(124) 
95,910 
83,651 

The above Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the 
accompanying notes.  

The above Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying 
notes.  

62 

63 

67

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  
For the year ended 30 June 2023 

1. 

CORPORATE INFORMATION  

National Storage REIT (“the Group” or “NSR”) is a joint quotation of National Storage Holdings Limited 
(“NSH” or “the Company”) and its controlled entities (“NSH Group”) and National Storage Property Trust 
(“NSPT” or “the Trust”) and its controlled entities (“NSPT Group”) on the Australian Securities Exchange 
(“ASX”). 

The Constitutions of NSH and NSPT ensure that, for so long as the two entities remain jointly quoted, the 
number of shares in the Company and the number of units in the Trust shall be equal and that the 
shareholders and unitholders be identical.  Both the Company and the Responsible Entity (National 
Storage Financial Services Limited) of the Trust must at all times act in the best interest of NSR.  The 
stapling arrangement will continue until either the winding up of the Company or the Trust, or termination 
by either entity.  

due throughout the next financial year. The Group also has undrawn facilities of $639.9m which have a 
tenor of over one year. The Group’s gearing levels remain low at 19.8% as at 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022: 
23.0%) 

The financial report has been prepared on a going concern basis as the Directors believe the Group will 
continue to generate operating cash flows to meet all liability obligations in the ordinary course of 
business. 

(b)  Compliance with IFRS 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group comply with International Financial Reporting 
Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. 

(c)  Changes in accounting policy, disclosures, standards and interpretations 

The Group has adopted all of the new and revised Standards and Interpretations issued by the AASB that 
are relevant to its operations and effective for the current year.  

The financial report of NSR for the year ended 30 June 2023 was approved on 23 August 2023, in 
accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors of NSH.   

Other standards, amendments and interpretations 

The nature of the operations and principal activities of the Group are described in the Directors' Report. 

2. 

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

(a)  Basis of preparation 

These general purpose financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting Standards Board (“AASB”) 
and the Corporations Act 2001. The financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, 
except for selected non-current assets, financial assets and financial liabilities for which the fair value 
basis of accounting has been applied. NSH is a for-profit entity for the purpose of preparing the financial 
statements.  

Several other amendments and interpretations apply for the first time in the reporting period, but do not 
have a material impact on the consolidated financial report of the Group. The Group has not early 
adopted any other standards.  

Accounting standards and interpretations issued but not yet effective 

Australian Accounting Standards and Interpretations relevant to the Group’s operations, that have 
recently been issued or amended but are not yet effective or have not been adopted for the annual 
reporting year ended 30 June 2023 are outlined in the following table: 

Reference 

Title 

Summary and impact on Group 
financial report 

The financial statements are presented in Australian Dollars (“AUD”) and all values are rounded to the 
nearest thousand dollars ($’000) unless otherwise stated (refer to note 2(w)). 

AASB 2021-2  Amendments to 

The accounting policies applied by NSR in these financial statements are the same as the 30 June 2022 
financial statements except for the accounting policies impacted by new or amended accounting 
standards detailed in this note. 

The Group has elected to present only financial information relating to NSR within these financial 
statements. A separate financial report for the NSPT Group has also been prepared for the year ended 30 
June 2023. This is available at www.nationalstorageinvest.com.au. 

Deficiency of net current assets 

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had an excess of current liabilities over current assets of $48.0m (30 June 
2022: $17.8m). 

Accounting standards require the lease liability to be split between current and non-current while the 
corresponding asset is classed as non-current. This results in $10.1m of lease liabilities being classified as 
current (30 June 2022: $9.3m). The Directors believe the excess of the total investment property value 
over the finance lease liability reflects a positive position in both the immediate and long-term. Current 
liabilities also include deferred revenue of $17.0m associated with prepaid storage rentals which are not 
expected to result in a cash outflow (30 June 2022: $17.6m).  

The Group generated operating cash flows of $188.3m for the year ended 30 June 2023 (30 June 2022; 
$165.8m). Sufficient cash inflows from operations are expected to enable all liabilities to be paid when 

64 

AASB 7, AASB 
101, AASB 134 
Interim Financial  
Reporting and 
AASB Practice 
Statement 2  
Making 
Materiality 
Judgements - 
Disclosure of 
Accounting 
Policies 

The amendments to AASB 101 Presentation  
of Financial Statements require disclosure 
of material accounting policy information,  
instead of significant accounting policies.  
Unlike ‘material’, ‘significant’ was not 
defined in Australian Accounting 
Standards.  
Leveraging the existing definition of 
material with additional guidance is 
expected to help preparers make more 
effective accounting policy disclosures. 
The guidance illustrates circumstances 
where an entity is likely to consider 
accounting policy information to be 
material.  
The amendments to AASB Practice  
Statement 2 supplement the amendments 
to AASB 101 by illustrating how the four-
step materiality process can identify 
material accounting policy information. 

Application 
date of 
standard 

Application 
date for 
Group 

1 January 
2023 

1 July 2023 

65 

69

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
Application 
date of 
standard 

Application 
date for 
Group 

1 January 
2023 

1 July 2023 

1 January 
2023 

1 July 2023 

Reference 

Title 

Summary and impact on Group 
financial report 

AASB 2021-2  Amendments to 

AASB 108 – 
Definition of 
Accounting 
Estimates 

AASB 2021-5  Amendments to 
AASs – Deferred 
Tax related to 
Assets and 
Liabilities arising 
from a Single 
Transaction 

An accounting policy may require items in 
the financial statements to be measured 
using information that is either directly 
observable or estimated. Accounting 
estimates use inputs and measurement 
techniques that require judgements and 
assumptions based on the latest available, 
reliable information.  

The amendments to AASB 108 clarify the 
definition of an accounting estimate, 
making it easier to differentiate it from an 
accounting policy. 

The new definition provides that 
‘Accounting estimates are monetary 
amounts in financial statements that are 
subject to measurement uncertainty.’ The 
amendments explain that a change in an 
input or a measurement technique used to 
develop an accounting estimate is 
considered a change in an accounting 
estimate unless it is correcting a prior 
period error. 

AASB 112 Income Taxes requires entities to 
account for income tax consequences 
when economic transactions take place, 
and not at the time when income tax 
payments or recoveries are made.  

Entities need to consider the differences 
between the tax rules and the accounting 
standards. These differences could either 
be: 
Permanent – e.g., when tax rules do not 
allow a certain expense to ever be 
deducted; or 
Temporary – e.g., when tax rules treat an 
item of income as taxable in a period later 
than when included in the accounting 
profit. 
Deferred taxes representing amounts of 
income tax payable or recoverable in the 
future must be recognised on temporary 
differences unless prohibited by AASB 112 
in certain circumstances. One of these 
circumstances, known as the initial 
recognition exception, applies when a 
transaction affects neither accounting 
profit nor taxable profit, and is not a 
business combination.  

The amendments to AASB 112 have 
narrowed the scope of this exception such 
that it no longer applies to transactions 
that, on initial recognition, give rise to 
equal amounts of taxable and deductible 
temporary differences. 

Reference 

Title 

Summary and impact on Group 
financial report 

ASB 2020-1 

Amendments to 
AASs – 
Classification of 
Liabilities as 
Current or Non-
current 

A liability is classified as current if the entity 
has no right at the end of the reporting 
period to defer settlement for at least 12 
months after the reporting period. The 
AASB recently issued amendments to AASB 
101 Presentation of Financial Statements to 
clarify the requirements for classifying 
liabilities as current or non-current.  

Application 
date of 
standard 

Application 
date for 
Group 

1 January 
2024 

1 July 2024 

The amendments specify that the 
conditions which exist at the end of the 
reporting period are those which will be 
used to determine if a right to defer 
settlement of a liability exists.  
Management intention or expectation 
does not affect classification of liabilities. 

AASB 2014-10 amends AASB 10 
Consolidated Financial Statements and 
AASB 128 Investments in Associates and 
Joint Ventures to address an inconsistency 
between the requirements in AASB 10 and 
those in AASB 128, in dealing with the sale 
or contribution of assets between an 
investor and its associate or joint venture. 

AASB 2014-10  Amendments to 

Australian 
Accounting 
Standards – Sale 
or Contribution of 
Assets between 
an Investor and 
its Associate or 
Joint Venture 

1 January 
2025 

1 July 2025 

(d)  Basis of consolidation 

The Financial Statements of NSR comprises the 
consolidated financial statements of the NSH 
Group and the NSPT Group. 

The financial statements for the Group are 
prepared on the basis that NSH was the acquirer 
of NSPT. The non-controlling interest is 
attributable to stapled securityholders presented 
separately in the consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income and within equity in the 
consolidated statement of financial position, 
separately from parent shareholders’ equity. 

Subsidiaries 
Subsidiaries are all entities over which the Group 
has control. The Group controls an entity when it 
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns 
from its involvement with the entity and has the 
ability to affect those returns through the power 
to direct the activities of the entity.  

Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the 
Group obtains control over the subsidiary and 
ceases when the Group loses control. The 
acquisition method of accounting is used to 
account for business combinations (see note 
2(h). 

Intercompany transactions, balances and 
unrealised gains on transactions between group 
entities are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated unless the transaction provides 
evidence of an impairment of the transferred 
asset. Accounting policies of all subsidiaries are 
consistent with the policies adopted by the 
Group.  

The Group treats transactions with non-
controlling interests that do not result in a loss of 
control as transactions with equity owners of the 
Group. A change in ownership interest results in 
an adjustment between the carrying amounts of 
the controlling and non-controlling interests to 
reflect their relative interests in the subsidiary. 
Any difference between the amount of the 
adjustment to non-controlling interests and any 
consideration paid or received is recognised in 
a separate reserve within equity attributable to 
owners of the parent entity. 

Associates 
Associates are all entities over which the Group 
has significant influence but not control. This is 
generally the case where the Group holds 
between 20% and 50% of the voting rights. 
Investments in associates are accounted for 
using the equity method.  

66 

67 

71

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Joint arrangements 
Under AASB 11 Joint Arrangements, investments 
in joint arrangements are classified as either joint 
operations or joint ventures. The classification 
depends on the contractual rights and 
obligations of each investor, rather than the 
legal structure of the joint arrangement.  

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for 
using the equity method.  

Equity method 
Under the equity method, the investment in an 
associate or a joint venture is initially recognised 
at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is 
adjusted to recognise changes in the Group’s 
share of net assets since the acquisition date. 
Goodwill relating to the associate or joint 
venture is included in the carrying amount of the 
investment and is neither amortised nor 
individually tested for impairment. 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss 
reflects the Group’s share of the results of 
operations of the associate or joint venture. Any 
change in other comprehensive income of 
those investees is presented as part of the 
Group’s other comprehensive income.  

In addition, when there has been a change 
recognised directly in the equity of the 
associate or joint venture, the Group recognises 
its share of any changes, when applicable, in 
the statement of changes in equity. Unrealised 
gains and losses resulting from transactions 
between the Group and the associate or joint 
venture are eliminated to the extent of the 
interest in the associate or joint venture. 

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or 
loss from associates and joint ventures is shown 
on the face of the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss. This represents profit or loss after tax 
and non-controlling interests in the subsidiaries of 
associates or joint ventures. 

The financial statements of associates and joint 
ventures are prepared for the same reporting 
period as the Group. When necessary, 
adjustments are made to bring the accounting 
policies in line with those of the Group.  

After application of the equity method, at each 
reporting date the Group determines whether 
there is objective evidence that the investment 
in the associate or joint venture is impaired. If 
there is such evidence, the Group calculates 
the amount of impairment as the difference 

between the recoverable amount of the 
associate or joint venture and its carrying value, 
then recognises the loss as ‘Share of profit or loss 
of joint ventures and associates’ in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss.  

Upon loss of significant influence over an 
associate or joint control over the joint venture, 
the Group measures and recognises any 
retained investment at its fair value. Any 
difference between the carrying amount of the 
associate or joint venture upon loss of significant 
influence or joint control and the fair value of 
the retained investment and proceeds from 
disposal is recognised in profit or loss. 

(e)  Revenue recognition 

Revenue is recognised when performance 
obligations have been met and is measured at 
the fair value of the consideration received or 
receivable to the extent it is probable the 
economic benefits will flow to the Group and 
the revenue can be reliably measured. 

The Group’s revenue is disaggregated in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss with the 
exception of revenue from contracts with 
customers which is disaggregated into 
categories in note 5 that depict how the nature, 
amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and 
cash flows are affected by economic factors.  

The following specific recognition criteria must 
also be met before revenue is recognised: 

Revenue from rental income 
Revenue from rental income relating to the 
provision of storage space and commercial 
units is recognised over the term of the general 
agreement. The value of discounts offered to 
customers at the end of an incentive period is 
recognised over the expected rental period. 

Interest income 
Interest income is recognised using the effective 
interest method. 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers   
Revenue is recognised under AASB 15 Revenue 
from Contracts with Customers and applies to all 
revenue from contracts with customers, unless 
those contracts are in the scope of other 
standards. 

The Group follows a five-step model to account 
for revenue arising from contracts with 
customers. Revenue is recognised at an amount 

68 

that reflects the consideration to which an entity 
expects to be entitled to, in exchange for 
transferring goods or services to a customer. The 
Group exercises judgement, taking into 
consideration all of the relevant facts and 
circumstances when applying each step of the 
model to contracts with their customers.   

Revenue is measured at the expected 
consideration received or receivable, taking 
into account contractually defined terms of 
payment and excluding taxes or duty.  

The Group assesses its revenue arrangements 
against specific criteria to determine if it is 
acting as principal or agent. The specific 
recognition criteria described below must also 
be met before revenue is recognised. 

Sale of goods and services 
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognised 
on fulfilment of performance obligations. The 
Group recognises revenue at the point in time 
when control of the asset is transferred to the 
customer, generally on delivery of the goods or 
service.  

Agency fees and commission 
The Group acts as an agent in the provision of 
insurance services provided by a third party 
insurance company to storage rental customers. 
The Group’s contracts with customers for 
agency fees and commissions consist of one 
performance obligation. The Group recognises 
revenue at the point in time when the 
commission is generated and is receivable. 

Design and development fees 
The Group’s design and development fees to 
customers consist of one performance 
obligation. The Group recognises revenue from 
design and development fees over the relevant 
period of the performance obligations as the 
Group’s performance creates or enhances an 
asset that the customer controls. 

Management fees  
The Group’s contracts with customers for 
management fees are recognised over the 
period of the management agreement, in line 
with recurring performance obligations. 

(f) 

Taxes 

The Group comprises taxable and non-taxable 
entities. A liability for current and deferred tax 
expense is only recognised in respect of taxable 
entities that are subject to income tax. 

NSPT is a ‘flow through’ entity for Australian 
income tax purposes and is an Attribution 
Managed Investment Trust, such that the 
determined tax components of NSPT will be 
taxable in the hands of unitholders on an 
attribution basis. NSPT’s subsidiary, National 
Storage New Zealand Property Trust (“NSNZPT”), 
is an Australian registered trust which owns 
investment property in New Zealand. For New 
Zealand tax purposes NSNZPT is classed as a unit 
trust and is subject to New Zealand income tax. 

Current income tax 

Current income tax assets and liabilities are 
measured at the amount expected to be 
recovered or paid to the taxation authorities. 
The tax rates and laws used to compute the 
amount are those that are enacted or 
substantively enacted at the reporting date in 
the countries where the Group operates and 
generates taxable income. 

Current income tax relating to items recognised 
directly in equity is recognised in equity and not 
in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.  

Management periodically evaluates tax 
positions where the interpretation of applicable 
tax regulations is subjective and establishes 
provisions where appropriate. 

Deferred tax 
Deferred tax is provided using the liability 
method, on temporary differences arising 
between the tax bases of assets and liabilities 
and their carrying amounts for financial 
reporting purposes at the reporting date. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised 
for all deductible or taxable temporary 
differences, except: 

•  When the deferred tax asset or liability arises 
from the initial recognition of goodwill or an 
asset or liability in a transaction that is not a 
business combination and, at the time of 
the transaction, affects neither the 
accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss; 

• 

In respect of deductible or taxable 
temporary differences associated with 
investments in subsidiaries, associates and 
interest in joint arrangements, when the 
timing of the reversal of temporary 
differences can be controlled and it is 
probable that the temporary difference will 
not reverse in the foreseeable future, and in 
the case of deferred tax assets taxable 

69 

73

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
profit will be available against which the 
temporary differences can be utilised. 

and its wholly owned entities are not eligible to 
be part of the NSH tax consolidated group. 

The deferred tax liabilities in relation to 
investment property is recognised dependent 
upon the taxable impact in the relevant 
jurisdiction. The Group assumes that the current 
measurement at fair value will be recovered 
entirely through a sale.  

In New Zealand, as any capital gain on sale will 
generally be exempt from tax, the deferred tax 
liability in relation to these assets would 
generally be calculated based on the amount 
of any tax depreciation recovery. 

Deferred tax assets are also recognised relating 
to the carry forward of unused tax credits and 
unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable 
that taxable profit will be available against 
which the deductible temporary differences, 
and the carry forward of unused tax credits and 
unused tax losses can be utilised. 

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is 
reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted 
to the extent that it is probable sufficient taxable 
profit will be available to allow all or part of the 
deferred tax asset to be utilised.  

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
at the tax rates that are expected to apply in 
the year when the asset is realised or the liability 
is settled, based on the tax rates and laws that 
have been enacted or substantially enacted at 
the reporting date. 

Deferred tax relating to items recognised 
outside profit or loss is recognised outside profit 
or loss. Deferred tax items are recognised in 
correlation to the underlying transaction either 
in other comprehensive income or directly in 
equity. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset if a 
legally enforceable right to offset current tax 
assets and liabilities exists and when the 
deferred tax balances relate to the same 
taxation authority.  

Tax consolidation legislation 

NSH and its wholly-owned Australian entities are 
a tax consolidated group, meaning they are 
taxed as a single entity and the deferred tax 
assets and liabilities of these entities are set off in 
the consolidated financial statements.  NSPT 

Goods and services tax (“GST”) 
Revenue, expenses, assets, and liabilities are 
recognised net of the amount of GST. 

The net amount of GST recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority is included as 
part of receivables or payables in the 
consolidated statement of financial position. 
Commitments and contingencies are disclosed 
net of the amount of GST recoverable from, or 
payable to, the taxation authority. 

Cash flows are included in the consolidated 
statement of cash flows on a gross basis and the 
GST component of cash flows arising from 
investing and financing activities, which is 
recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation 
authority is classed as part of operating cash 
flows. 

(g) 

Foreign currencies 

The Group’s consolidated financial statements 
are presented in Australian dollars. For each 
entity, the Group determines the functional 
currency and items included in the financial 
statements of each entity are measured using 
that functional currency. 

Transactions and balances 
Transactions in foreign currencies are initially 
recorded by the Group’s entities at their 
respective functional currency spot rates at the 
date the transaction first qualifies for 
recognition. Monetary assets and liabilities 
denominated in foreign currencies are 
translated at the functional currency spot rates 
of exchange at the reporting date. 

Differences arising on settlement or translation of 
monetary items are recognised in profit or loss 
with the exception of monetary items that are 
designated as part of the hedge of the Group’s 
net investment of a foreign operation.  

These are recognised in other comprehensive 
income until the net investment is disposed of, at 
which time, the cumulative amount is 
reclassified to profit or loss. Tax charges and 
credits attributable to exchange differences on 
those monetary items are also recorded in other 
comprehensive income. 

Non-monetary items that are measured at 
historical cost in a foreign currency are 

70 

translated using the exchange rates at the 
dates of the initial transactions. Non-monetary 
items measured at fair value in a foreign 
currency are translated using the exchange 
rates at the date when the fair value is 
determined. 

The gain or loss arising on translation of non-
monetary items measured at fair value is treated 
in line with the recognition of the gain or loss on 
the change in fair value of the item (i.e. 
translation differences on fair value gain or loss 
recognised in other comprehensive income or 
profit or loss are also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or profit or loss). 

Group companies 
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of 
foreign operations are translated into Australian 
dollars at the rate of exchange prevailing at the 
reporting date and their statements of profit or 
loss are translated at exchange rates prevailing 
at the dates of the transactions. The exchange 
differences arising on translation for 
consolidation are recognised in other 
comprehensive income. On disposal of a 
foreign operation, the component of other 
comprehensive income relating to that 
particular foreign operation is recognised in 
profit or loss. 

Any goodwill arising on the acquisition of a 
foreign operation and any fair value 
adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities arising on the acquisition are 
treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign 
operation and translated at the spot rate of 
exchange at the reporting date. 

(h) 

Business combinations and goodwill 

The Group accounts for a transaction as a 
business combination if it meets the definition 
under AASB 3 Business Combinations, which 
requires the assets and liabilities acquired to 
constitute a business. A business is defined as an 
integrated set of activities and assets that are 
capable of being conducted and managed for 
the purpose of providing goods or services to 
customers, generating investment income (such 
as dividends or interest) or generating other 
income from ordinary activities.  

To determine if there is an integrated set of 
activities, the Group conducts an assessment of 
minimum business requirements and what 
substantive processes have been acquired. 

As part of this assessment the Group applies the 
amendments to the definition of a business 
under AASB 2018-6 including the optional fair 
value concentration test. If the concentration 
test is passed, the set of activities and assets is 
determined not to be a business and therefore, 
the transaction is accounted for as an asset 
acquisition rather than a business combination.  

Business combinations are accounted for using 
the acquisition method. The cost of an 
acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the 
consideration transferred, which is measured at 
acquisition date fair value, and the amount of 
any non-controlling interests in the acquiree. For 
each business combination, the Group elects 
whether to measure the non-controlling interests 
in the acquiree at fair value or at the 
proportionate share of the acquiree’s 
identifiable net assets. Acquisition related costs 
are expensed as incurred and included in 
business combination expenses in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

When the Group acquires a business, it assesses 
the financial assets and liabilities assumed for 
appropriate classification and designation in 
accordance with the contractual terms, 
economic circumstances and pertinent 
conditions as at the acquisition date.  

Any contingent consideration to be transferred 
by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value 
at the acquisition date. Contingent 
consideration classified as an asset or liability 
that is a financial instrument and within the 
scope of AASB 9 Financial Instruments, is 
measured at fair value with the changes in fair 
value recognised in the consolidated statement 
of profit or loss. 

Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the 
excess of the aggregate of the consideration 
transferred and the amount recognised for non-
controlling interests and any previous interest 
held, over the net identifiable assets acquired 
and liabilities assumed).  

If the fair value of the net assets acquired 
exceeds the aggregate consideration 
transferred, the Group re-assesses whether it has 
correctly identified all assets acquired and 
liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures 
used to measure the amounts to be recognised 
at the acquisition date. If the reassessment still 
results in an excess of the fair value of net assets 
acquired over the aggregate consideration 

71 

75

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
transferred, then the gain is recognised in profit 
or loss. 

After initial recognition, goodwill is measured at 
cost less any accumulated impairment losses. 
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill 
acquired in a business combination is, from the 
acquisition date, allocated to each of the 
Group’s cash-generating units (“CGUs”) that are 
expected to benefit from the combination, 
irrespective of whether other assets or liabilities 
of the acquiree are assigned to those units. 

Where goodwill has been allocated to a CGU 
and part of the operation within that unit is 
disposed of, the goodwill associated with the 
disposed operation is included in the carrying 
amount of the operation when determining the 
gain or loss on disposal. Goodwill disposed in 
these circumstances is measured based on the 
relative values of the disposed operation and 
the portion of the CGU retained. 

(i) 

Leases 

The Group leases properties which are classified 
as investment properties (note 11.3). The Group 
also leases office premises and items of plant 
and equipment.  

The Group assesses at contract inception 
whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. That 
is, if the contract conveys the right to control the 
use of an identified asset for a period of time in 
exchange for consideration. 

Group as a lessee  
The Group applies a single recognition and 
measurement approach for all leases, except 
for short term leases and leases of low value 
assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities 
associated with lease payments and right of use 
assets representing the right to use the 
underlying assets. 

Right of use assets 
The Group recognises right of use assets at the 
commencement date of the lease (i.e. the date 
the underlying asset is available for use). Right of 
use assets (excluding leasehold investment 
properties) are measured at cost, less any 
accumulated depreciation and impairment 
losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of 
lease liabilities.  

The cost of right of use assets includes the 
amount of lease liabilities recognised, initial 
direct costs incurred, and lease payments made 

at or before the commencement date less any 
lease incentives received. Right of use assets are 
depreciated on a straight line basis over the 
shorter of the lease term and the estimated 
useful lives of the assets. 

Leasehold investment property assets are 
measured at fair value as detailed in note 2(p). 
If ownership of the leased asset transfers to the 
Group at the end of the lease term or the cost 
reflects the exercise of a purchase option, 
depreciation is calculated using the estimated 
useful life of the asset. The right of use assets are 
subject to impairment as detailed in note 2(r). 

Lease liabilities 
At the commencement date of the lease, the 
Group recognises lease liabilities measured at 
the present value of lease payments to be 
made over the lease term. The lease payments 
include fixed payments less any lease incentives 
receivable, variable lease payments that 
depend on an index or a rate, and amounts 
expected to be paid under residual value 
guarantees.  

The lease payments also include the exercise 
price of a purchase option reasonably certain 
to be exercised by the Group and payments of 
penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease 
term reflects the Group exercising the option to 
terminate.  

In calculating the present value of lease 
payments, the Group uses its incremental 
borrowing rate at the lease commencement 
date when the interest rate implicit in the lease 
is not readily determinable.  

After the commencement date, the amount of 
lease liabilities are increased to reflect the 
accretion of interest and reduced for the lease 
payments made. In addition, the carrying 
amount of lease liabilities are remeasured if 
there is a modification, a change in the lease 
term, a change in the lease payments (e.g. 
changes to future payments resulting from a 
change in an index or rate used to determine 
such lease payments) or a change in the 
assessment of an option to purchase the 
underlying asset or to extend an existing lease 
term. 

Short term leases and leases of low value assets 
The Group applies the short term lease 
recognition exemption to its short term leases of  
equipment (i.e. those leases that have a lease 
term of 12 months or less from the 
commencement date and do not contain a 

72 

purchase option). It also applies the lease of low 
value assets recognition exemption to leases of 
office equipment that are considered to be low 
value. Lease payments on short term leases and 
leases of low value assets are recognised on a 
straight line basis over the lease term. 

Group as a lessor 
Leases in which the Group does not transfer 
substantially all the risks and rewards incidental 
to ownership of an asset are classified as 
operating leases. Rental income arising is 
accounted for on a straight line basis over the  
lease terms and is included in revenue in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss due to its 
operating nature.  

Initial direct costs incurred in negotiating and 
arranging an operating lease are added to the 
carrying amount of the leased asset and 
recognised over the lease term on the same 
basis as rental income. Contingent rents are 
recognised as revenue in the period in which 
they are earned. 

(j)  Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated 
statement of financial position comprise cash at 
bank, cash on hand and term deposits that are 
readily convertible to known amounts of cash 
and which are subject to an insignificant risk of 
change in value. 

For the purposes of the consolidated statement 
of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents consist 
of cash and term deposits as defined above. 

(k) 

Inventories 

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and 
net realisable value. Costs are assigned on a 
first-in first-out basis. Net realisable value is the 
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of 
business, less the estimated costs necessary to 
make the sale. 

(l) 

Financial assets 

Initial recognition and measurement 

At initial recognition, financial assets are 
classified and measured at amortised cost, fair 
value through other comprehensive income, or 
fair value through profit or loss. 

The classification of financial assets at initial 
recognition depends on the financial asset’s 

contractual cash flow characteristics and the 
Group’s business model for managing them. The 
Group initially measures a financial asset at its 
fair value plus transaction costs.  

Trade receivables that do not contain a 
significant financing component or for which 
the Group has applied the practical expedient 
are measured at the transaction price 
determined under AASB 15 Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.  

In order for a financial asset to be classified and 
measured at amortised cost or fair value 
through other comprehensive income, it needs 
to give rise to cash flows that are solely 
payments of principal and interest on the 
principal amount outstanding. This assessment is 
performed at an instrument level. Financial 
assets with cash flows that are not solely 
payments of principal and interest (“SPPI”) are 
classified and measured at fair value through 
profit or loss, irrespective of the business model. 

The Group’s business model for managing 
financial assets refers to how it manages its 
financial assets in order to generate cash flows. 
The model determines whether cash flows will 
result from collecting contractual cash flows, 
selling the financial assets, or both.  

Financial assets classified and measured at 
amortised cost are held with the objective of 
collecting contractual cash flows while financial 
assets classified and measured at fair value 
through Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) 
are held with the objective of both holding to 
collect contractual cash flows and selling the 
asset. 

Subsequent measurement 

For purposes of subsequent measurement, 
financial assets are classified in three categories: 

• Financial assets at amortised cost (debt 
instruments);  
• Financial assets at fair value through OCI with 
recycling of cumulative gains and losses; and  
• Financial assets at fair value through profit or 
loss. 

Financial assets at amortised cost  
Financial assets held at amortised cost are 
subsequently measured using the effective 
interest method and are subject to impairment. 
Gains and losses are recognised in profit or loss 
when the asset is derecognised, modified or 

73 

77

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
impaired.  The Group’s financial assets at 
amortised cost include trade and other 
receivables, and deposits.  

• 

• 

Financial assets at fair value through other 
comprehensive income 
For debt instruments at fair value through OCI, 
interest income, foreign exchange revaluation 
and impairment losses or reversals are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss and computed in the same manner 
as financial assets measured at amortised cost.  

The remaining fair value changes are 
recognised in other comprehensive income. 
Upon derecognition, the cumulative fair value 
change recognised in other comprehensive 
income is recycled to profit or loss.  

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 
are carried in the statement of financial position 
at fair value with net changes in fair value 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss.  

This category includes derivative instruments 
which the Group has not designated as a 
hedged instrument.   

A derivative embedded in a hybrid contract, 
with a financial liability or non-financial host, is 
separated from the host and accounted for as 
a separate derivative if:  

• 

The economic characteristics and risks 
are not closely related to the host;  

•  A separate instrument with the same 

terms as the embedded derivative 
would meet the definition of a 
derivative; and  
The hybrid contract is not measured at 
fair value through profit or loss.  

• 

Embedded derivatives are measured at fair 
value with changes in fair value recognised in 
profit or loss.  

Reassessment only occurs if there is either a 
change in the terms of the contract that 
significantly modifies the cash flows that would 
otherwise be required or a reclassification of a 
financial asset out of the fair value through profit 
or loss category. 

Derecognition 

Financial assets are primarily derecognised  
when: 

The rights to receive cash flows from the 
assets have expired, or 
The Group has transferred its rights to 
receive cash flows from the asset or has 
assumed an obligation to pay the 
received cash flows in full without 
material delay to a third party under a 
‘pass-through’ arrangement; and either; 
(a) the Group has transferred 
substantially all the risks and rewards of 
the asset, or  
(b) the Group has neither transferred 
nor retained substantially all the risks 
and rewards of the asset, but has 
transferred control of the asset. 

When the Group has transferred its rights to 
receive cash flows from an asset or has entered 
into a pass-through arrangement, it evaluates if, 
and to what extent, it has retained the risks and 
rewards of ownership.  

When it has neither transferred nor retained 
substantially all of the risks and rewards of the 
asset, nor transferred control of the asset, the 
Group continues to recognise the transferred 
asset to the extent of its continuing involvement. 
In that case, the Group also recognises an 
associated liability. The transferred asset and the 
associated liability are measured on a basis that 
reflects the rights and obligations that the Group 
has retained.  

Impairment 

The Group uses AASB 9 Financial Instruments’ 
expected loss approach with a forward-looking 
expected credit loss (“ECL”) methodology to 
recognise an ECL provision for all debt 
instruments not held at fair value through profit 
or loss. ECLs are based on the difference 
between the contractual cash flows due in 
accordance with the contract and all the cash 
flows that the Group expects to receive, 
discounted at an approximation of the original 
effective interest rate. The expected cash flows 
will include cash flows from the sale of collateral 
held or other credit enhancements that are 
integral to the contractual terms.  

ECLs are recognised in two stages. For credit 
exposures for which there has not been a 
significant increase in credit risk since initial 
recognition, ECLs are provided for credit losses 
that result from default events that are possible 
within the next 12-months. For those credit 
exposures for which there has been a significant 
increase in credit risk since initial recognition, a 

74 

loss allowance is required for credit losses 
expected over the remaining life of the 
exposure, irrespective of the timing of the 
default. 

For trade receivables and contract assets, the 
Group applies a simplified approach in 
calculating ECLs. Therefore, the Group does not 
track changes in credit risk, but instead 
recognises a loss allowance based on lifetime 
ECLs at each reporting date. The Group assesses 
this allowance based on its historical credit loss 
experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors 
specific to the debtors. 

The Group considers a financial asset to be at 
risk of default when contractual payments are 
90 days past due. However, in certain cases, the 
Group may also consider a financial asset to be 
in default when internal or external information 
indicates that the Group is unlikely to receive 
the outstanding contractual amounts in full 
before taking into account any credit 
enhancements held by the Group.  

A financial asset is written off when there is no 
reasonable expectation of recovering the 
contractual cash flows.  

(m)  Financial liabilities 

Initial recognition and measurement 

Financial liabilities are classified at initial 
recognition as financial liabilities at fair value 
through profit or loss, loans and borrowings, 
payables, or as derivatives designated as 
hedging instruments in an effective hedge. 

All financial liabilities are recognised initially at 
fair value and, in the case of loans and 
borrowings and payables, net of directly 
attributable transaction costs. The Group’s 
financial liabilities include trade and other 
payables, loans and borrowings, and derivative 
financial instruments.  

repurchasing in the near term. This category also 
includes derivative financial instruments entered 
into by the Group that are not designated as 
hedging instruments in hedge relationships as 
defined by AASB 9. Separated embedded 
derivatives are also classified as held for trading 
unless they are designated as effective hedging 
instruments.  

Gains or losses on liabilities held for trading are 
recognised in the statement of profit or loss.  

Financial liabilities designated upon initial 
recognition at fair value through profit or loss are 
designated at the initial date of recognition, 
and only if the criteria in AASB 9 are satisfied. The 
Group has not designated any financial liability 
as at fair value through profit or loss. 

Loans and borrowings 
This is the category most relevant to the Group. 
After initial recognition, interest-bearing loans 
and borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost using the Effective Interest Rate 
(“EIR”) method. Gains and losses are recognised 
in profit or loss when the liabilities are 
derecognised as well as through the EIR 
amortisation process. Amortised cost is 
calculated by taking into account any discount 
or premium on acquisition and fees or costs that 
are an integral part of the EIR. The EIR 
amortisation is included as finance costs in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense 
when incurred unless they relate to the 
acquisition, construction or production of a 
qualifying asset or to upfront borrowing 
establishment and arrangement costs, which 
are deferred and amortised as an expense over 
the life of the facility. Borrowing costs incurred 
for the construction of any qualifying asset are 
capitalised during the period of time that is 
required to complete the asset for its intended 
use or sale. 

Subsequent measurement 

Derecognition 

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or 
loss  
This category includes financial liabilities held for 
trading and financial liabilities designated upon 
initial recognition at fair value through profit or 
loss.  

Financial liabilities are classified as held for 
trading if they are incurred for the purpose of 

A financial liability is derecognised when the 
obligation under the liability is discharged, 
cancelled or expired. When an existing financial 
liability is replaced by another from the same 
lender on substantially different terms, or the 
terms of an existing liability are substantially 
modified, this is treated as the derecognition of 
the original liability and the recognition of a new 
liability. The difference in the respective carrying 

75 

79

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
amounts is recognised in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities 
unless the group has an unconditional right to 
defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 
months after the reporting period.  

(n)  Derivative financial instruments and 

hedge accounting 

Initial recognition and measurement 
(cid:3)
The Group uses derivative financial instruments, 
such as interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, 
interest rate swaptions, and a net investment 
hedge to hedge its foreign currency and interest 
rate risks.  

Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value 
on the date a derivative contract is entered into 
and are subsequently remeasured to fair value 
at the end of each reporting period. Derivatives 
are carried as financial assets when the fair 
value is positive and as financial liabilities when 
the fair value is negative. 

The accounting for subsequent changes in fair 
value depends on whether the derivative is 
designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, 
the nature of the item being hedged. 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges 
are classified as: 

• 

Fair value hedges when hedging the 
exposure to changes in the fair value of a 
recognised asset or liability or an 
unrecognised firm commitment;   
•  Cash flow hedges when hedging the 

exposure to variability in cash flows that is 
either attributable to a particular risk 
associated with a recognised asset or 
liability or a highly probable forecast 
transaction or the foreign currency risk in an 
unrecognised firm commitment; or 
•  Hedges of a net investment in a foreign 

operation. 

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the 
Group formally designates and documents the 
hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply 
hedge accounting and the risk management 
objective and strategy for undertaking the 
hedge.  

The documentation includes identification of 
the hedging instrument, the hedged item, the 
nature of the risk being hedged and how the 

Group will assess whether the hedging 
relationship meets the hedge effectiveness 
requirements (including the analysis of sources 
of hedge ineffectiveness and how the hedge 
ratio is determined). A hedging relationship 
qualifies for hedge accounting if it meets all of 
the following effectiveness requirements:  
(cid:3)
• 

There is ‘an economic relationship’ between 
the hedged item and the hedging 
instrument;  
The effect of credit risk does not ‘dominate 
the value changes’ that result from that 
economic relationship; and 
The hedge ratio of the hedging relationship 
is the same as that resulting from the 
quantity of the hedged item that the Group 
actually hedges and the quantity of the 
hedging instrument that the Group actually 
uses to hedge that quantity of hedged item.  

• 

• 

Hedges that meet all the qualifying criteria for 
hedge accounting are accounted for, as 
described below: 

Cash flow hedge 
The effective portion of the gain or loss on the 
hedging instrument is recognised in OCI in the 
cash flow hedge reserve, while any ineffective 
portion is recognised immediately in the 
statement of profit or loss. The cash flow hedge 
reserve is adjusted to the lower of the 
cumulative gain or loss on the hedging 
instrument and the cumulative change in fair 
value of the hedged item. 

The Group uses interest rate swap contracts as 
hedges of its exposure to the risk of changes in 
market interest rates. The ineffective portion 
relating to these is recognised as other 
operating income or expenses. 

The Group designates only the spot element of 
these contracts as a hedging instrument. The 
forward element is recognised in other 
comprehensive income and accumulated in a 
separate component of equity within the 
hedging reserve.  

The amounts accumulated in other 
comprehensive income are accounted for 
depending on the nature of the underlying 
hedged transaction. These amounts are 
reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification 
adjustment in the same period or periods during 
which the hedged cash flows affect profit or 
loss.  

76 

If cash flow hedge accounting is discontinued, 
the amount that has been accumulated in 
other comprehensive income must remain in 
other comprehensive income if the hedged 
future cash flows are still expected to occur.  

Otherwise, the amount will be immediately 
reclassified to profit or loss as a reclassification 
adjustment. After discontinuation, once the 
hedged cash flow occurs, any accumulated 
amount remaining in other comprehensive 
income must be accounted for depending on 
the nature of the underlying transaction.  

Hedges of a net investment  
Hedges of a net investment in a foreign 
operation, including a hedge of a monetary 
item that is accounted for as part of the net 
investment, are accounted for in a similar way 
to cash flow hedges.  

Gains or losses on the hedging instrument 
relating to the effective portion of the hedge 
are recognised as other comprehensive income 
while any gains or losses relating to the 
ineffective portion are recognised in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. On 
disposal of the foreign operation, the 
cumulative value of any such gains or losses 
recorded in equity is transferred to the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss.  

(o) 

Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at 
historical cost less depreciation. Historical cost 
includes expenditure that is directly attributable 
to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent costs 
are included in the asset’s carrying amount or 
recognised as a separate asset, only when it is 
probable that future economic benefits 
associated with the item will flow to the Group 
and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably.  

The carrying amount of any component asset is 
derecognised when replaced. All repairs and 
maintenance are charged to profit or loss 
during the reporting period in which they are 
incurred. 

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line 
basis over the estimated useful life of the assets 
as follows: 

• 

• 

Leasehold improvements - remaining length 
of lease term 
Plant and equipment - 2.5 to 20 years 

Each asset’s residual value and useful life is 
reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at the 
end of each reporting period. 

An asset’s carrying amount is written down 
immediately to its recoverable amount if the 
carrying amount is greater than the estimated 
recoverable amount (note 2(r)). Gains and 
losses on disposals are determined by 
comparing proceeds with carrying amount. 
These are included in profit or loss. 

(p) 

Investment properties 

Freehold investment properties 
Investment properties are measured initially at 
cost, including transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, freehold investment properties 
are stated at fair value, which reflects market 
conditions at the reporting date.  

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair 
values of investment properties are included in 
profit or loss in the period in which they arise. 
Investment properties under construction are 
held at cumulative cost of construction as an 
estimate for fair value. This serves as the most 
appropriate basis to estimate fair value 
particularly during the early stages of 
development and is adjusted once risks 
associated with the completion of development 
and ultimate operations of the property are 
determined to be insignificant. 

Fair values are determined by a combination of 
independent valuations and Director valuations. 
The independent valuations are performed by 
an accredited independent valuer. Investment 
properties are independently valued on a 
rotational basis every three years, unless 
required by the underlying financing or the 
Directors determine a more frequent valuation 
cycle. 

For properties subject to an independent 
valuation report, the Directors verify all major 
inputs to the valuation and review the results 
with the independent valuer. The Director 
valuations are completed by the NSH Group 
Board. The valuations are determined using the 
same techniques and similar estimates to those 
applied by the independent valuer.  

In some transactions involving the purchase of a 
group of assets the value assessed by NSR, 
being the purchase price paid, may exceed the 
sum of the independent property valuations 
which are undertaken on a stand-alone 

77 

81

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
property basis. This excess in value represents a 
portfolio premium. 

Any portfolio premium attributable to the 
investment property assets acquired in 
transactions accounted for as asset acquisition 
is allocated to the individual identifiable assets 
acquired within each portfolio on the relative 
fair value basis at the date of acquisition. 

Investment properties are derecognised either 
when they have been disposed of or when they 
are permanently withdrawn from use and no 
future economic benefit is expected from their 
disposal. The difference between the net 
disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of 
the asset is recognised in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss in the period of 
derecognition. Transfers are made to or from 
investment property only when there is a 
change in use.  

Leasehold investment properties 
The Group, as lessee, has properties under AASB 
140 Investment Property, qualify for recognition 
as investment properties. Under this treatment, 
for each property, the present value of lease 
payments to be made over the lease term is 
determined and carried as a lease liability and 
the fair value of the lease to the NSH Group is 
recorded each period as investment property. 

Gains or losses arising from changes in the fair 
values of investment properties are included in 
profit or loss in the period in which they arise, 
including the corresponding tax effect. Fair 
values are determined using the same valuation 
process applied to freehold investment 
properties. 

Lease payments are accounted for under AASB 
16 Leases, see note 2(i). Lease payments are 
allocated between the principal component of 
the lease liability and interest expense to 
achieve a constant rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability. Interest 
expense is recognised in finance costs in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss and in 
payment of lease liabilities within the 
consolidated statements of cash flows. 

(q) 

Intangible assets 

Intangible assets acquired separately are 
measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost 
of intangible assets acquired in a business 
combination is their fair value at the date of 
acquisition. Following initial recognition, 

intangible assets are carried at cost less any 
accumulated amortisation and impairment 
losses. Internally generated intangibles, 
excluding capitalised development costs, are 
not capitalised and the related expenditure is 
reflected in profit or loss in the period in which 
the expenditure is incurred. 

The useful lives of intangible assets are assessed 
as either finite or indefinite. Intangible assets with 
finite lives are amortised over the useful 
economic life and assessed for impairment 
whenever there is an indication that the 
intangible asset may be impaired. The 
amortisation period and the amortisation 
method for an intangible asset with a finite 
useful life are reviewed at the end of each 
reporting period.  

Changes in the expected useful life or the 
expected pattern of consumption of future 
economic benefits embodied in the asset are 
considered to modify the amortisation period or 
method, as appropriate. These are treated as 
changes in accounting estimates and adjusted 
on a prospective basis. The amortisation 
expense on intangible assets with finite lives is 
recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss in other operational expenses.  

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, such 
as goodwill, are not amortised but are tested for 
impairment at each reporting period, either 
individually or at the CGU level. The assessment 
of indefinite life is reviewed at each reporting 
period to determine whether the indefinite life 
continues to be supportable. If not, the change 
in useful life from indefinite to finite is made on a 
prospective basis.  

Gains or losses arising from derecognition of an 
intangible asset are measured as the difference 
between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the asset and are 
recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss when the asset is derecognised. 

Research costs are expensed as incurred. 
Development expenditure on an individual 
project is recognised as an intangible asset 
when the Group can demonstrate: 

• 

• 

The technical feasibility of completing the 
intangible asset so that the asset will be 
available for use or sale; 
Its intention to complete and its ability and 
intention to use or sell the asset; 

78 

•  How the asset will generate future 

• 

• 

economic benefits; 
The availability of resources to complete the 
asset; and 
The ability to measure reliably the 
expenditure during development. 

Following initial recognition of the development 
expenditure as an asset, the asset is carried at 
cost less any accumulated amortisation and 
impairment losses. Amortisation of the asset 
begins when development is complete and the 
asset is available for use. It is amortised over the 
period of expected future benefit. Amortisation 
is recorded in other operational expenses. 
During the period of development, the asset is 
tested annually for impairment. 

(r) 

Impairment of assets 

Goodwill and intangible assets that have an 
indefinite useful life are not subject to 
amortisation and are tested annually for 
impairment or more frequently if events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that they 
might be impaired. Other assets are tested for 
impairment whenever events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable.  

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount 
by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds 
its recoverable amount. The recoverable 
amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less 
costs of disposal and value in use.  

For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets 
are grouped at the lowest levels for which there 
are separately identifiable cash inflows which 
are largely independent of the cash inflows from 
other assets or groups of assets (CGU’s). Non-
financial assets other than goodwill that have 
been impaired in previous periods are reviewed 
for possible reversal of the impairment at the 
end of each reporting period. 

(s) 

Provisions 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a 
present obligation (legal or constructive) as a 
result of a past event, it is probable that an 
outflow of resources embodying economic 
benefits will be required to settle the obligation 
and a reliable estimate can be made of the 
amount of the obligation.  

When the Group expects some or all of a 
provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is 

recognised as a separate asset, but only when 
the reimbursement is virtually certain.  

Provisions are measured at the present value of 
management’s best estimate of the 
expenditure required to settle the present 
obligation at the end of the reporting period. 
The discount rate used to determine the present 
value is a pre-tax rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money 
and the risks specific to the liability. The increase 
in the provision due to the passage of time is 
recognised as interest expense.  

In accordance with its lease agreements, the 
Group must restore the leased premises in a 
number of leasehold premises to their original 
condition at lease expiry. A provision has been 
recognised for the obligation to remove 
leasehold improvements from the leased 
premises (note 11.6).  

(t) 

Employee benefits 

Short-term obligations 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non-
monetary benefits, and accumulating annual 
leave which are expected to be settled within 
12 months of the reporting date are recognised 
in respect of employees' services up to the 
reporting date. They are measured at the 
amounts expected to be paid when the 
liabilities are settled. 

Other long-term employee benefits obligations 
The Group does not expect its long service 
leave benefits to be settled wholly within 12 
months of each reporting date. The Group 
recognises a liability for long service leave 
measured as the present value of expected 
future payments to be made in respect of 
services provided by employees up to the 
reporting date using the projected unit credit 
method. Consideration is given to previous 
experience of employee departures, and 
periods of service.  

Expected future payments are discounted using 
market yields at the reporting date on the 
applicable corporate bonds with terms to 
maturity and currencies that match, as closely 
as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

Retirement benefit obligations 
All employees can direct the Group to make 
contributions to a defined contribution plan of 
their choice. Contributions to defined 
contribution superannuation funds are 

79 

83

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
recognised as an expense as they become 
payable.  

the share-based payment transaction, or is 
otherwise beneficial to the employee.  

Equity-settled transactions 
The cost of equity-settled transactions is 
determined by the fair value at the date when 
the grant is made using an appropriate 
valuation model, further details of which are 
provided in note 21. 

That cost is recognised in employee expense, 
together with a corresponding increase in equity 
(share-based payment reserve within other 
reserves), over the period in which the service 
and, where applicable, the performance 
conditions are fulfilled (the vesting period). The 
cumulative expense recognised for equity-
settled transactions at each reporting date until 
the vesting date reflects the extent to which the 
vesting period has expired and the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments 
that will ultimately vest. The expense or credit in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss for a 
period represents the movement in cumulative 
expense recognised as at the beginning and 
end of that period.  

Service and non-market performance 
conditions are not taken into account when 
determining the fair value of awards at grant 
date, but the likelihood of the conditions being 
met is assessed as part of the Group’s best 
estimate of the number of equity instruments 
that will ultimately vest. Market performance 
conditions are reflected within the grant date 
fair value.  

Any other conditions attached to an award, but 
without an associated service requirement, are 
considered to be non-vesting conditions. Non-
vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value 
of an award and lead to an immediate 
expensing of an award unless there are also 
service and/or performance conditions.  

No expense is recognised for awards that do not 
ultimately vest because non-market 
performance and/or service conditions have 
not been met. Where awards include a market 
or non-vesting condition, the transactions are 
treated as vested irrespective of whether the 
market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, 
provided that all other performance and/or 
service conditions are satisfied.  

When the terms of an equity-settled award are 
modified, the minimum expense recognised is 
the grant date fair value of the unmodified 
award, provided the original vesting terms of the 
award are met.  

An additional expense, measured as at the 
date of modification, is recognised for any 
modification that increases the total fair value of 

Where an award is cancelled by the entity or by 
the counterparty, any remaining element of the 
fair value of the award is expensed immediately 
through profit or loss.  The dilutive effect of 
outstanding performance rights is reflected as 
additional share dilution in the computation of 
diluted earnings per share (see note 20). 

(u)  Contributed equity 

Stapled securities are classified as equity. Issued 
and paid up capital is recognised at the fair 
value of the consideration received by the 
Group. Incremental costs directly attributable to 
the issue of securities are shown in equity as a 
deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

(v)  Dividends and distributions to 

securityholders 

The Group recognises a liability to make cash or 
non-cash distributions to equity holders when 
the distribution is authorised and is no longer at 
the discretion of the Company or the 
Responsible Entity. A corresponding amount is 
recognised directly in equity.  

Non-cash distributions are measured at the fair 
value of the assets to be distributed with fair 
value re-measurement recognised directly in 
equity. Any difference between the carrying 
amount of the liability and the carrying amount 
of the assets distributed is recognised in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss. 

(w)  Rounding of amounts 

The Group is of a kind referred to in ASIC 
Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ 
Reports) Instrument 2016/191, relating to the 
‘rounding off’ of amounts in the financial 
statements. Amounts in the financial statements 
have been rounded off to the nearest thousand 
dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar.  

(x) 

Parent entity financial information 

The financial information for the parent entity, 
NSH, disclosed in note 23 has been prepared on 
the same basis as the consolidated financial 
statements, except as set out below. 

Investments in subsidiaries 
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at 
cost in the financial statements of NSH. 

80 

Tax consolidation legislation 
NSH, the head entity, and its wholly-owned 
subsidiaries are a tax consolidated group. This 
results in them being taxed as a single entity.  
NSH recognises the current tax liabilities or assets 
and the deferred tax assets and liabilities arising 
from all tax consolidated group members. This 
includes any unused tax losses and unused tax 
credits arising from controlled entities in the tax 
consolidated group. 

(y) 

Fair value measurement 

The Group measures financial instruments, such 
as derivatives, and non-financial assets such as 
investment properties, at fair value at each 
balance sheet date. Fair value is the price that 
would be received to sell an asset or paid to 
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the 
measurement date. The fair value measurement 
is based on the presumption that the transaction 
to sell the asset or transfer the liability takes 
place either: 

• 

• 

In the principal market for the asset or 
liability; or 
In the absence of a principal market, in the 
most advantageous market for the asset or 
liability. 

The principal or the most advantageous market 
must be accessible by the group. 

The fair value of an asset or liability is measured 
using the assumptions that market participants 
would use when pricing the asset or liability, 
assuming that market participants act in their 
economic best interest. A fair value 
measurement of a non-financial asset takes into 
account a market participant's ability to 
generate economic benefits by using the asset 
in its highest and best use or by selling it to 
another market participant. 

The Group uses valuation techniques that are 
appropriate in the circumstances and for which 
sufficient data is available to measure fair value, 
maximising the use of relevant observable inputs 
and minimising the use of unobservable inputs. 

All assets and liabilities for which fair value is 
measured or disclosed in the financial 
statements are categorised within the fair value 
hierarchy, based on the lowest level input that is 
significant to the fair value measurement as a 
whole: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 — Quoted (unadjusted) market 
prices in active markets for identical assets 
or liabilities 
Level 2 — Valuation techniques for which 
the lowest level input that is significant to 
the fair value measurement is directly or 
indirectly observable 
Level 3 — Valuation techniques for which 
the lowest level input that is significant to 
the fair value measurement is unobservable 

For assets and liabilities that are recognised in 
the financial statements on a recurring basis, the 
Group determines whether transfers have 
occurred between levels in the hierarchy by re-
assessing categorisation (based on the lowest 
level input that is significant to the fair value 
measurement as a whole) at the end of each 
reporting period. 
For further details on fair value measurement 
refer to notes 8 and notes 10.8. 

3. 

SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING 
JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND 
ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of the Group’s consolidated 
financial statements requires management to 
make judgements, estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of revenues, 
expenses, assets and liabilities, and the 
accompanying disclosures. Uncertainty about 
these assumptions and estimates could result in 
outcomes that require a material adjustment to 
the carrying amount of the affected assets or 
liabilities in future periods. 

Other disclosures relating to the Group’s 
exposure to risks and uncertainties include: 

•  Capital management (note 17) 
• 

Financial instruments risk management and 
policies (notes 10.8, 16) 
Sensitivity analyses disclosures (notes 11.7, 
16). 

• 

81 

85

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Judgements 

In the process of applying the Group’s 
accounting policies, management has made 
the following judgements which have a 
significant effect on the amounts recognised in 
the consolidated financial statements. 

Significant judgements 

Acquisition of storage centre assets(cid:3)
For the acquisition of storage centres, the 
Group’s policy is to review the nature of the 
transaction and assess if the transaction should 
be accounted for under AASB 3 Business 
Combinations or AASB 140 Investment Properties 
as a purchase of investment property.  

The key assessment is whether the transaction 
constitutes a purchase of a ‘business’, and if so, 
it will be accounted for under AASB 3. If it is 
determined that the transaction does not meet 
this definition, the transaction is accounted for 
as a purchase of an asset under AASB 140, as an 
acquisition of a storage centre(s) held for rental 
return and capital appreciation.  

For the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 
2022, the Group has assessed that all of its 
storage centre acquisitions do not meet the 
definitions set out in AASB 3 and are therefore 
accounted for as purchases of investment 
property per AASB 140. 

Determining the lease term of contracts with 
renewal and termination options – Group as 
lessee 

The Group determines the lease term as the 
non-cancellable term of the lease, together with 
any periods covered by an option to extend the 
lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, 
or any periods covered by an option to 
terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not 
to be exercised. 

The Group has several lease contracts that 
include extension and termination options. The 
Group applies judgement in evaluating whether 
it is reasonably certain to exercise the option to 
renew or terminate the lease considering factors 
that create an economic incentive to exercise 
either the renewal or termination clause. 

The Group has included the extension period as 
part of the lease term for leases of investment 
property where the option is expected to be 
exercised at the next renewal period. The 

renewal periods for leases with non-cancellable 
periods in excess of three years are not included 
as part of the lease term as these are not 
certain to be exercised. 

The Group also has the option to extend its lease 
of head office premises. The renewal period for 
this lease is not included as part of the lease 
term as there is no reasonable certainty that this 
will be exercised at the end of the initial 
contractual term.  

Estimates and assumptions 

The key assumptions at the reporting date 
concerning the future, and other key sources of 
estimation uncertainty, that have significant risk 
of causing a material adjustment to the carrying 
amounts of assets and liabilities within the next 
financial year, are described below.  

Assumptions and estimates are based on 
parameters available when the consolidated 
financial statements were prepared. Existing 
circumstances and assumptions about the 
future developments may change due to 
market changes or circumstances arising 
beyond the Group’s control. Such changes are 
reflected in the assumptions when they occur. 

Revaluation of investment properties  
The Group carries its investment properties at fair 
value, with changes in fair value being 
recognised in the consolidated statement of 
profit or loss under fair value adjustments. Fair 
values of individual properties are determined 
by a combination of independent valuations 
assessed on a rotational basis and annual 
Director’ valuations, determined using the same 
techniques and similar estimates to those 
applied by the independent valuer.   

The capitalisation of net operating income 
approach to investment property valuations is 
applied by both the external and Directors’ 
valuations. This is a commonly applied valuation 
method for storage facilities within Australia and 
New Zealand. This methodology is generally 
used in sectors where revenue is earned from 
short term rentals or an operating activity as 
opposed to a fixed long-term rental lease. 

The Group calculates net operating income 
before depreciation, amortisation, interest, tax, 
and capital expenditure deductions for both 
passive income (current trading income) and 
potential income (additional income at 
sustainable occupancy).  

82 

Potential income is subject to a higher degree 
of risk, reflected in a higher secondary 
capitalisation rate. The approach of 
disaggregating a property’s net operating 
income between current passive income and 
future potential income allows appropriate risk 
adjusted capitalisation rates to be applied to 
each income stream. 

The Group disaggregates primary and 
secondary capitalisation rates to provide more 
transparency to the valuation process. This gives 
visibility over the separate rates applied to 
passive income from current trading and 
potential income, and the resultant differing risk 
profile which exists between these income 
categories. 

The key assumptions used to determine the fair 
value of the properties and the sensitivity 
analyses are provided in note 11.7. 

Impairment of non-financial assets – goodwill 
An impairment exists when the carrying value of 
an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable 
amount, which is the higher of its fair value less 
costs to sell and its value in use.  

The goodwill on the Group’s balance sheet is 
allocated to the NSR listed group as one single 
CGU. This reflects the fact that as a portfolio of 
storage centre investment properties, the whole 
of NSR is considered to be one business segment 
and that goodwill is beneficial to the entire 
Group. This aligns with how NSR’s chief 
operating decision maker monitors and 
structures the performance of the Group and is 
consistent with the Group’s assessment of 
operating segments under AASB 8 Operating 
Segments.  

The recoverable amount of the CGU has been 
determined based on a fair value less cost of 
disposal calculation. The assumptions used in 
the estimations of the recoverable amount and 
the carrying amount of goodwill are discussed in 
note 11.4. 

83 

87

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
4. 

SEGMENT INFORMATION  

6. 

EXPENSES 

During the 2023 and 2022 financial years, the Group operated wholly within one business segment, 
being the operation and management of storage centres in Australia and New Zealand.  

The Managing Director is the Group’s chief operating decision maker and monitors the operating results 
on a portfolio wide basis. Monthly management reports are evaluated based upon the overall 
performance of NSR consistent with the presentation within the consolidated financial statements. The 
Group’s financing (including finance costs and interest income) is managed on a Group basis and is 
not allocated to operating segments.   

The operating results presented in the consolidated statement of profit or loss represent the same 
segment information as reported in internal management information.  

Geographic information 

Revenue from external customers 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Total 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

295,253 
32,129 
327,382 

251,053 
27,083 
278,136 

Other operational expenses  
Professional fees 
Cost of packaging and other products sold 
Bank charges 
Motor vehicle expenses 
Depreciation  
Amortisation of intangible assets 
Travel and entertainment costs 
Other expenses 
Total other operational expenses 

Employee expenses 
Wages and salaries 
Post-employment benefits 
Share-based payments 
Payroll tax 
Other employee costs 
Total employee expenses 

The revenue information above excludes interest income and is based on the location of storage 
centres.  

7. 

INTEREST INCOME AND FINANCE COSTS 

Non-current operating assets 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Total 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

3,917,271 
476,157 
4,393,428 

3,401,320 
438,291 
3,839,611 

Interest income  
Bank interest 
Interest income from related parties 
Total interest income 

Notes 

11.4 

21 

2023 
$'000 

3,817 
3,877 
2,001 
540 
2,054 
775 
1,883 
2,888 
17,835 

45,814 
3,907 
1,504 
2,308 
4,630 
58,163 

2023 
$'000 

2,186 
468 
2,654 

2022 
$'000 

3,525 
5,010 
2,069 
593 
1,888 
1,290 
1,172 
2,418 
17,965 

39,073 
3,191 
2,556 
2,187 
4,236 
51,243 

2022 
$'000 

222 
529 
751 

Non-current assets for this purpose consists of property, plant and equipment, investment properties, 
right of use assets, and intangible assets (excluding goodwill).  

The Group has no individual customer which represents greater than 10% of total revenue. 

5. 

REVENUE FROM CONTRACTS WITH CUSTOMERS 

Revenue from contracts with customers  
Sale of goods and services 
Agency fees and commissions 
Design and development fees 
Management fees 
Total revenue from contracts with customers 

2023 
$'000 

7,396 
5,951 
468 
832 
14,647 

2022 
$'000 

7,983 
6,646 
1,842 
736 
17,207 

84 

Finance costs  
Interest on borrowings  
Reclassification from cash flow hedge reserve to 
consolidated statement of profit or loss  
Interest on lease liabilities relating to investment property 
Interest on other lease liabilities 
Total finance costs 

15 

37,617 

18,900 

5,359 
4,875 
109 
47,960 

7,815 
5,265 
151 
32,131 

8. 

FAIR VALUE ADJUSTMENTS 

Gains / (losses) for the year in profit or loss (recognised in fair value 
adjustments)   
Realised losses – lease diminution of leasehold property 
Unrealised gains associated with investment property 
Movement in provisions presented in fair value adjustments 
Change in fair value of derivatives recognised at fair value 
through the profit and loss. 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

(8,361) 
193,949 
369 

2,054 
188,011 

(6,763) 
522,618 
(5,435) 

- 
510,420 

85 

89

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. 

INCOME TAX 

NSPT is a ‘flow through’ entity for Australian income tax purposes and is an Attribution Managed 
Investment Trust, such that the determined tax components of NSPT will be taxable in the hands of 
unitholders on an attribution basis. NSPT’s subsidiary, National Storage New Zealand Property Trust 
(“NSNZPT”), is an Australian registered trust which owns investment property in New Zealand. For New 
Zealand tax purposes NSNZPT is classed as a unit trust and is subject to New Zealand income tax at a 
rate of 28%.  

The major components of income tax expense for the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are: 

Consolidated statement of profit or loss 
Current tax 
Deferred tax 
Adjustment in relation to prior periods 
Total income tax expense 

Notes 

2023 
$'000 

13,364 
1,272 
(819) 
13,817 

2022 
$'000 

11,850 
(1,833) 
221 
10,238 

Deferred tax relating to items recognised in other comprehensive 
income  
Net gain on revaluation of cash flow hedges 

15 

- 

3 

Deferred tax relating to items recognised in statement of changes 
in equity 
Cost of issuing share capital 

(124) 

(7) 

Reconciliation of tax expense and accounting profit multiplied by 
Australia’s domestic tax rate for 2023 and 2022: 
Profit before tax 
Deduct profit before tax from Trusts owning Australian properties 
Accounting profit before income tax 

334,217 
(269,180) 
65,037 

630,856 
(559,655) 
71,201 

Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2022 – 30%) 

19,511 

21,360 

Non-deductible / assessable amounts 
Deductible / non-assessable amounts 
Adjustments in respect of previous years 
Effect of lower tax rates in New Zealand 
Tax losses not recognised 
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses 
Income tax expense 

1,360 
(5,796) 
(1,227) 
(266) 
235 
- 
13,817 

1,700 
(11,110) 
131 
(729) 
- 
(1,114) 
10,238 

Deferred tax expense / (benefit) included in income tax benefit 
comprises: 
Increase in deferred tax assets 
Increase in deferred tax liabilities 
Movement of deferred tax asset on carry forward losses  
Exchange variations 
Movement in deferred tax asset recognised in other comprehensive 
income 
Movement in deferred tax asset recognised in statement of changes 
in equity 
Total deferred tax expense / (benefit) 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities 

Deferred tax assets 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 
Lease liabilities 
Employee benefits 
Accrued expenses 
Carry forward losses 
Make good provisions 
Revaluation of investment property assets 
Other 
Total deferred tax assets  

Deferred tax liabilities 
The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to: 
Right of use assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Intangibles 
Revaluations of investment properties  
Unrealised foreign exchange losses 
Total deferred tax liabilities 

Net deferred tax assets  

Reconciliation to consolidated statement of financial position 
Deferred tax assets 
Deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax assets  

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

(50,454) 
52,051 
(389) 
(60) 

(88,270) 
88,042 
(1,734) 
119 

- 

3 

124 
1,272 

7 
(1,833) 

461,528 
1,907 
1,908 
229 
2,391 
645 
1,184 
469,792 

410,805 
1,528 
1,945 
618 
2,374 
1,508 
560 
419,338 

1,301 
16 
141 
465,351 
15 
466,824 

1,547 
14 
191 
413,013 
8 
414,773 

2,968 

4,565 

9,176 
(6,208) 
2,968 

9,537 
(4,972) 
4,565 

The Group offsets tax assets and liabilities if it has a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets 
and current tax liabilities and the deferred tax asset and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes 
levied by the same tax authority. 

The Group has the following gross tax losses which arose in Australia and New Zealand: 

Recognised group tax losses 
Unrecognised group tax losses 
Total 
(cid:3)
For the year ended 30 June 2023, all recognised tax losses relate to New Zealand entities and are 
available for offsetting against future taxable profits of National Storage Limited and NSNZPT.  
Unrecognised group tax losses relate to Australian losses incurred by National Storage Finance Pty Ltd. 

2023 
$’000 
818 
805 
1,623 

2022 
$’000 
2,069 
21 
2,090 

86 

87 

91

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

The Group holds the following financial instruments: 

Financial assets 
At amortised cost 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables  
Deposits 

Derivatives measured at fair value 
Interest rate derivatives designated as hedging 
instruments 
Interest rate derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments 
Total financial assets 

Financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables  
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 

Derivatives measured at fair value 
Interest rate derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments 
Total financial liabilities 

Notes 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

10.1 
10.2 
10.3 

10.3 

10.3 

10.4 
10.5 
10.7 

67,330 
17,489 
8,876 
93,695 

83,651 
20,288 
16,678 
120,617 

16,483 

21,263 

3,343 
113,521 

- 
141,880 

31,400 
946,958 
101,371 
1,079,729 

24,397 
975,448 
108,590 
1,108,435 

10.6 

1,289 
1,081,018 

- 
1,108,435 

The Group’s approach to financial risk management is discussed in note 16. The maximum exposure to 
credit risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each class of financial asset 
mentioned above.  

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments reflect the change in fair value of interest rate 
derivatives, designated as cash flow hedges. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments reflect 
the change in fair value of interest rate swaps, interest rate swaptions, and caps that are not 
designated in hedging relationships, but are, nevertheless, intended to manage the risk associated with 
interest rate fluctuations.  

All derivatives are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 
months after the end of the reporting period.    

10.1.(cid:3) Cash and cash equivalents(cid:3)

Current assets 
Cash on hand 
Cash at bank 
Total cash and cash equivalents 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

- 
67,330 
67,330 

3 
83,648 
83,651 

88 

Cash flow reconciliation of net profit after tax to net cash flows from operations 

Profit after income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit before tax 

Adjustments to reconcile profit before tax to net cash flows: 
Depreciation 
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation of intangible assets  
Derecognition of intangible assets 
Fair value adjustments 
Derecognition of capitalised borrowing costs 
Share-based payments 
Share of loss /(profit) from joint ventures and associates 
Interest income 
Finance costs 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
Increase / (decrease) in receivables 
Increase in inventories 
Increase in other assets 
Increase in payables 
(Decrease) / increase in deferred revenue 
Increase in provisions 
Cash flows from operating activities 

Interest received 
Income tax paid 
Net cash flows from operating activities 

2023 
$'000 
320,400 
13,817 
334,217 

2022 
$'000 
620,618 
10,238 
630,856 

2,054 
132 
775 
- 
(188,011) 
- 
1,504 
23 
(2,654) 
47,960 

1,888 
235 
1,290 
238 
(510,420) 
3,842 
2,556 
(1,741) 
(751) 
32,131 

1,980 
(252) 
(1,187) 
2,060 
(555) 
1,260 
199,306 

2,330 
(13,325) 
188,311 

(3,443) 
(531) 
(1,724) 
4,134 
1,415 
6,466 
166,441 

118 
(807) 
165,752 

Disclosure of non-cash financing activities  
Non-cash financing activities include capital raised pursuant to the NSR’s distribution reinvestment plan. 
During the year 10.9m stapled securities (2022: 11.9m) were issued with a cash equivalent of $25.7m 
(2022: $27.6m). 

10.2. 

Trade and other receivables 

Current 
Trade receivables 
Other receivables 
Receivables from related parties 
Allowance for expected credit losses on trade receivables 

18 

Notes 

Non-current 
Other receivables 

Total current and non-current 

2023 
$'000 

3,818 
6,654 
7,117 
(281) 
17,308 

2022 
$'000 

3,648 
6,607 
10,117 
(219) 
20,153 

181 

135 

17,489 

20,288 

89 

93

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Classification as trade and other receivables 

10.4. 

Trade and other payables(cid:3)

Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for rental income, goods sold or services performed 
in the ordinary course of business. Other receivables are held to collect contractual cash flows of solely 
payments of principal and interest. If collection is expected in one year or less, they are classified as 
current assets. If not, they are presented as non-current assets.  

The allowance for expected credit losses represents an estimate of receivables that are not considered 
to be recoverable. The Group recognises an expected loss provision based on lifetime expected credit 
losses at each reporting date. The Group applies judgement in assessing this allowance based on its 
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the receivable, and 
wider economic factors.  

See note 18 for terms and conditions relating to related party receivables. 

See below for the movements in the allowance for expected credit losses in the Group.  

At 1 July  
Charge for the year 
Reversed in the year 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
At 30 June  

The age of trade receivables not impaired was as follows: 

0 to 3 months 
3 to 6 months 
Over 6 months 

2023 
$'000 
219 
114 
(54) 
2 
281 

2023 
$'000 
3,205 
294 
38 
3,537 

2022 
$'000 
158 
77 
(13) 
(3) 
219 

2022 
$'000 
3,379 
45 
5 
3,429 

The carrying amounts of current receivables are assumed to be the same as their fair values, due to 
their short-term nature. The fair value of non-current receivables approximates carrying value.  

10.3.  Other assets 

Current 
Prepayments 
Financial assets (derivatives) 

Non-current 
Deposits 
Financial assets (derivatives) 

2023 
$'000 

10,864 
519 
11,383 

8,876 
19,307 
28,183 

2022 
$'000 

6,622 
387 
7,009 

16,678 
20,876 
37,554 

Total current and non-current 

39,566 

44,563 

Deposits include advances on contracts or options on investment property purchases.  Contracts where the Group 
has a future commitment to acquire are detailed in note 19. 

For details on the classification of financial instruments see note 10. 

90 

Current 
Trade payables 
Accrued expenses 
GST and other employment taxes payable 
Other payables 

Non-current 
Other payables 

Total current and non-current 

2023 
$'000 

6,144 
20,886 
1,463 
1,624 
30,117 

2022 
$'000 

465 
19,880 
2,324 
1,267 
23,936 

1,283 

461 

31,400 

24,397 

Trade payables are unsecured and are usually paid within 30 days of recognition. Other payables and 
accruals are paid when amounts fall due. The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are 
assumed to be the same as their fair values, due to their short-term nature.  

10.5(cid:856)(cid:3) Borrowings 

Non-current  
Bank finance facilities 
Non-amortised borrowing costs 
Total borrowings 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

946,958 
(5,825) 
941,133 

975,448 
(3,431) 
972,017 

The Group has non-current borrowing facilities denominated in Australian Dollars (“AUD”) and New 
Zealand Dollars (“NZD”). All facilities are interest only facilities with any drawn balances payable at 
maturity. Drawn amounts and facility limits are as follows: 

Bank finance facilities (AUD) 
Drawn amount 
Facility limit 

Bank finance facilities (NZD) 
Drawn amount 
Facility limit 

AUD equivalent of NZD facilities 
Drawn amount 
Facility limit 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

855,000 

827,000 
1,410,000  1,080,000 

100,000 
225,000 

164,250 
225,000 

91,957 
206,904 

148,448 
203,354 

The major terms of these agreements are as follows: 

•  At 30 June 2023 maturity dates on these facilities range from 1 September 2023 to 13 June 2030 (30 

June 2022: maturity dates from 1 September 2023 to 23 June 2029). 

•  All facilities are unsecured and interest only with any drawn balance payable at maturity. 
• 

The interest rate applied is the bank bill rate plus a margin.  

The Group has a bank overdraft facility with a limit of $3m that was undrawn at 30 June 2023 and 30 
June 2022. During the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group entered into additional debt facilities 
totalling $580m, which has extended the tenor of the Group’s borrowings and also expanded the 
Group’s lender pool.  

91 

95

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Group has complied with the financial covenants of their borrowing facilities during the 2023 and 
2022 reporting periods (see note 17). The fair value of interest-bearing loans and borrowings 
approximates carrying value. Details of the exposure to risk arising from current and non-current 
borrowings are set out in note 16. 

Interest rate derivatives 

The Group uses interest rate derivatives as part of its risk management strategy to manage exposure to 
interest rate fluctuations. These derivatives include interest rate swaps, interest rate caps, and interest 
rate swaptions. The purpose of using a combination of these instruments is to mitigate the impact of 
interest rate changes on the Group's future cash flows in accordance with its risk management policies.  

Interest rate swaps 
Interest rate swaps are financial contracts where the Group agrees to exchange interest rate cash flows 
with a counterparty. Typically, the Group exchanges fixed-rate interest payments for floating-rate 
interest payments based on a notional principal amount.  

The Group has the following interest rate derivatives at the end of the reporting period: 

Interest rate swaps (AUD) at face value 
Current interest rate swaps 
Future interest rate swaps 

Interest rate swaps (NZD) at face value 
Current interest rate swaps 
Future interest rate swaps 

AUD equivalent of NZD interest rate swaps 
Current interest rate swaps 
Future interest rate swaps 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

300,000 
50,000 

360,000 
- 

50,000 
25,000 

45,979 
22,989 

- 

- 

Interest rate swaps in place at the end of the reporting period have maturity dates ranging from 23 
September 2023 to 23 June 2027 (30 June 2022: 23 September 2022 to 23 September 2026). 

Interest rate caps 
Interest rate caps are financial instruments that set a maximum interest rate payable on a notional 
amount over a specified period. The Group enters into interest rate caps which impacts an interest rate 
swap by providing a maximum or minimum limit on the floating interest rate payments that the Group's 
counterparty must make to the Group under the swap. 

As of 30 June 2023, the Group had sold an interest rate caps with a total notional value of $40.0m (2022: 
nil) to lower the blended swap rate when the BBSY rate is below the agreed threshold (set quarterly). If 
the BBSY is above this threshold at the quarterly roll date the Group is required to pay additional interest 
payments.  The fair value of these interest rate caps was recorded on the balance sheet as $0.7m in 
other liabilities (2022: nil). 

Interest rate swaptions(cid:3)
Interest rate swaptions are options contracts that provide the counterparty with the option but not the 
obligation to extend an interest rate swap at a specified future date on predetermined terms.  

As of 30 June 2023, the Group had entered into interest rate swaptions with a notional value of AUD 
$40.0m and $50m NZD (AUD: $46.0m) (2022: nil). The fair value of these interest rate swaptions was 
recorded on the balance sheet as $0.6m in other liabilities (2022: nil). 

92 

10.6(cid:856)(cid:3) Other liabilities 

Non-current financial liabilities 
Interest rate derivatives 

10.7.  Right of use assets and lease liabilities 

a)  Right of use assets 

2023 
$'000 

1,289 

2022 
$'000 

- 

Premises 
leases 
$'000 

Equipment 
leases 
$'000 

Advertising 
leases 
$'000 

Opening balance at 1 July 2022 
Additions  
Depreciation  
Reassessment of variable lease payments 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
Closing balance at 30 June 2023 

Opening balance at 1 July 2021 
Additions  
Depreciation  
Reassessment of variable lease payments 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
Closing balance at 30 June 2022 

b)  Lease liabilities 

4,656 
585 
(1,010) 
28 
- 
4,259 

4,902 
587 
(935) 
102 
- 
4,656 

386 
101 
(469) 
(13) 
- 
5 

745 
23 
(382) 
- 
- 
386 

123 
- 
(8) 
- 
2 
117 

135 
- 
(8) 
- 
(4) 
123 

Total 
$'000 

5,165 
686 
(1,487) 
15 
2 
4,381 

5,782 
610 
(1,325) 
102 
(4) 
5,165 

Current lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities relating to right of use assets 
Lease liabilities relating to right of use assets presented as leasehold 
investment properties 
Total current lease liabilities 

Non-current lease liabilities 
Lease liabilities relating to right of use assets 
Lease liabilities relating to right of use assets presented as leasehold 
investment properties 
Total non-current lease liabilities 

Total lease liabilities 

2023 
$’000 

2022 
$’000 

1,151 

1,342 

10,134 
11,285 

9,294 
10,636 

3,756 

4,317 

86,330 
90,086 

93,637 
97,954 

101,371 

108,590 

93 

97

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Amounts recognised in consolidated statement of profit or loss: 
Depreciation of right of use assets 
Interest expense on lease liabilities 
Expenses relating to short term leases presented within premises costs 
Lease diminution on leasehold investment properties presented within 
fair value adjustments (note 8) 
Total  

2023 
$’000 

1,487 
4,984 
36 

2022 
$’000 

1,325 
5,416 
76 

8,361 
14,868 

6,954 
13,771 

The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. The Group has 
included the extension period as part of the lease term for leases of investment property where the 
option is expected to be exercised at the next renewal period. 

Set out below are the undiscounted potential future rental payments relating to periods following the 
exercise date of extension options that are not included in the lease term: 

Extension options expected not to be exercised 
At 30 June 2023 
At 30 June 2022 

Within five 
years 
$'000 

More than 
five years 
$'000 

Total 
$'000 

5,583 
3,485 

247,540  253,123 
246,947  250,432 

10.8. 

Financial instruments fair value measurement 

Fair value hierarchy 
This note explains the judgements and estimates made in determining the fair values of the financial 
instruments recognised in the financial statements, as detailed in notes 10.1 to 10.7. To provide an 
indication about the reliability of the inputs used in determining fair value, financial instruments are 
classified into the following three levels. 

Level 1: The fair value of financial instruments traded in active markets (such as publicly traded 
derivatives, and trading and available-for-sale securities) is based on quoted market prices at the end 
of the reporting period. The quoted market price used for any financial assets held is the current bid 
price. These instruments are included in level 1. 

Level 2: The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in an active market (for example, 
over-the-counter derivatives) is determined using valuation techniques which maximise the use of 
observable market data and rely as little as possible on entity-specific estimates. If all significant inputs 
required to fair value an instrument are observable, the instrument is included in level 2. 

Level 3: If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is 
included in level 3. 

Specific fair valuation techniques used to determine fair values include: 

• 

The fair value of interest rate derivatives is calculated as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows based on observable yield curves, adjusted for counterparty or own credit risk. 

Group as a lessor 

The resulting fair value estimates for interest rate derivatives are included in level 2.  

Future minimum rentals receivable under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows: 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than five years 
More than five years 
Total  

30 June 
2023 
$’000 
5,930 
5,026 
- 
10,956 

30 June 
2022 
$’000 
6,359 
10,792 
906 
18,057 

At 30 June 2023 
Interest rate derivatives 
Current financial assets 
Non-current financial assets 
Non-current financial liabilities 

At 30 June 2022 
Interest rate derivatives 
Current financial assets 
Non-current financial assets 

Notes 

Level 1 
$'000 

Level 2 
$'000 

Level 3 
$'000 

Total 
$'000 

10.3 
10.3 
10.6 

10.3 
10.3 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

519 
19,307 
(1,289) 
18,537 

387 
20,876 
21,263 

- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

519 
19,307 
(1,289) 
18,537 

387 
20,876 
21,263 

There were no transfers between levels of fair value hierarchy during the years ended 30 June 2023 and 
30 June 2022.  

94 

95 

99

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. 

NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

11.3. 

Investment properties  

This note provides information about the Group’s non-financial assets and liabilities including: 

•  An overview of all non-financial assets and liabilities held by the Group; 
• 
• 

Specific information about each type of non-financial asset and non-financial liability; and 
Information about determining the fair value of the non-financial assets and liabilities, including 
areas of judgement, estimates and other assumptions. 

11.1. 

Inventories 

Finished goods - at lower of cost and net realisable value 

2,107 

1,849 

11.2.  Property, plant and equipment 

2023 
$’000 

2022 
$’000 

At cost 
Accumulated depreciation 
Total property, plant and equipment 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

2,899 
(1,658) 
1,241 

2,717 
(1,352) 
1,365 

Reconciliation of the carrying amounts of property, plant and equipment at the beginning and end of 
the financial periods are shown below: 

Plant and equipment 
Opening balance at 1 July 
Additions 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
Closing balance at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

1,365 
573 
(132) 
(567) 
2 
1,241 

2022 
$'000 

1,408 
840 
(318) 
(563) 
(2) 
1,365 

Leasehold investment properties in operation 
Freehold investment properties in operation 
Investment properties under construction 
Total investment properties 

Leasehold investment properties in operation 
Opening balance at 1 July 
Property acquisitions 
Improvements to investment properties 
Reassessment of lease terms 
Items reclassified to freehold investment properties 
Lease diminution, presented as fair value adjustments 
Net gain from other fair value adjustments 
Closing balance at 30 June 

Notes 

11.7 
11.7 

10.7b 

Freehold investment properties in operation  
Opening balance at 1 July 
Property acquisitions 
Improvements to investment properties 
Items reclassified from leasehold investment properties 
Items reclassified to investment properties under construction 
Items reclassified from investment properties under construction 
Net gain from fair value adjustments 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
Closing balance at 30 June 

Investment properties under construction 
Opening balance at 1 July 
Property acquisitions 
Development costs 
Items reclassified to freehold investment properties 
Items reclassified from freehold investment properties 
Effect of movement in foreign exchange 
Closing balance at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

136,775 

140,681 
3,978,791  3,612,082 
77,471 
4,384,736  3,830,234 

269,170 

140,681 
2,048 
324 
1,641 
(230) 
(8,361) 
672 
136,775 

137,498 
7,412 
249 
7,388 
(11,500) 
(6,954) 
6,588 
140,681 

3,612,082  2,834,509 
185,922 
4,989 
11,500 
(10,261) 
83,987 
510,786 
(9,350) 
3,978,791  3,612,082 

136,944 
5,875 
230 
(6,109) 
28,949 
193,277 
7,543 

77,471 
114,014 
100,525 
(28,949) 
6,109 
- 
269,170 

83,793 
23,732 
45,208 
(83,987) 
10,261 
(1,536) 
77,471 

96 

97 

101

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11.4. 

Intangible assets 

Notes 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

Goodwill 
Opening and closing net book value 

Other intangible assets 
Opening net book value 
Additions 
Derecognition losses presented within restructuring and 
other non-recurring costs 
Amortisation 
Closing net book value 

6 

Total intangible assets 

43,954 

43,954 

2,847 
998 

- 
(775) 
3,070 

3,243 
1,132 

(238) 
(1,290) 
2,847 

47,024 

46,801 

Impairment testing of goodwill 
The Group performed its annual impairment test at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022. 

Goodwill has been allocated to the listed group (NSR). Management have determined that the listed 
group, which is considered one operating segment (see note 4), is the appropriate CGU against which 
to allocate these intangible assets owing to the synergies arising from combining the portfolios of the 
Group.  
(cid:3)
The recoverable amount of the listed group has been determined based on the fair value less costs of 
disposal method using the fair value quoted on an active market and an estimate for the value 
attributable to control over the CGU (e.g. control premium) and costs of disposal. The key estimation 
input used in the calculation is the control premium.  The basis for determining the value assigned to the 
control premium is reflective of observed examples of premiums to the pre-announcement share prices 
paid for acquisitions of public companies.  

The Group also uses a secondary calculation based on the incremental value attributable to 
investment properties as a portfolio. This sits above the stand-alone valuation permitted for assessing the 
fair value of investment property under AASB 140. The portfolio premium is estimated using the same 
capitalisation method used for the valuation of the investment properties detailed in Note 11.7.   

The key estimation input of the portfolio premium is the incremental capitalisation rate. This is 
determined from independent valuations with regard to observable premiums paid from recent sales of 
portfolio transactions, and assessing the level of premium which would be attached to a portfolio of the 
Group’s size. Management believes an incremental capitalisation rate of between 50 to 100 basis 
points to the portfolio is the minimum level appropriate to be used in this calculation. 

As a result of the analysis, management did not identify an impairment for this CGU. 

11.5.  Deferred revenue 

Deferred rental income revenue  

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

17,045 

17,600 

Deferred rental income revenue represents funds received in advance from customers. 

11.6.  Provisions 

Current 
Make good provisions 
Annual leave 
Long service leave 

Non-current 
Make good provisions 
Long service leave 

Reconciliation of movement in make good provisions 
As at 1 July 
Arising on acquisition of leasehold investment property 
Reassessment of existing provisions 
Movement in discount rates 
Utilised 
As at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

243 
3,304 
1,400 
4,947 

7,695 
1,664 
9,359 

8,079 
- 
760 
(901) 
- 
7,938 

2022 
$'000 

- 
2,615 
1,311 
3,926 

8,079 
1,182 
9,261 

2,773 
398 
6,836 
(1,928) 
- 
8,079 

The Group is required to restore the leased premises in a number of leasehold properties to their original 
condition at the end of lease term. A provision has been recognised for the present value of the 
estimated expenditure required to remove any leasehold improvements.  

11.7.  Non-financial assets fair value measurement 

The Group has classified its non-financial assets held at fair value into the three levels prescribed in note 
10.8 to provide an indication about the reliability of inputs used to determine fair value. 

Notes 

Level 1 
$'000 

Level 2 
$'000 

Level 3 
$'000 

Total 
$'000 

At 30 June 2023 
Leasehold investment properties 
Freehold investment properties 

At 30 June 2022 
Leasehold investment properties 
Freehold investment properties 

11.3 
11.3 

11.3 
11.3 

Recognised fair value measurements 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

136,775 

136,775 
3,978,791  3,978,791 
4,115,566  4,115,566 

140,681 

140,681 
3,612,082  3,612,082 
3,752,763  3,752,763 

The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and out of fair value hierarchy levels at the end of the 
reporting period. There were no transfers between levels 1 and 2 or between levels 2 and 3 for recurring 
fair value measurements during the current or prior year.  

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) 

Valuation techniques used to determine level 3 fair values and valuation process 
Investment properties, principally storage buildings, are held for rental to customers requiring self-
storage facilities and are carried at fair value. Changes in fair values are presented in profit or loss as fair 
value adjustments. 

Fair values are determined by a combination of independent valuations and Director valuations. The 
independent valuations are performed by an accredited independent valuer.  Investment properties 
are independently valued on a rotational basis every three years unless the underlying financing 

98 

99 

103

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
requires a more frequent valuation cycle. For properties subject to an independent valuation report the 
Directors verify all major inputs to the valuation and review the results with the independent valuer. The 
Director valuations are completed by the NSH Group Board. The valuations are determined using the 
same techniques and similar estimates to those applied by the independent valuer.   

The Group obtains the majority of its independent valuations at each financial year end. The Group’s 
policy is to maintain the valuation of the investment property at external valuation for all properties 
valued in the preceding year, unless there is an indication of a significant change to the property’s 
valuation inputs. Investment properties acquired in the year ended 30 June 2023 have been held at 
acquisition price. 

At 30 June 2023, the Group held 37% of freehold investment properties and 37% of leasehold investment 
properties at external valuation (30 June 2022: 41% of freehold investment properties and 23% of 
leasehold investment properties). 

Valuation inputs and relationship to fair value 

Description 

Significant unobservable inputs 

Range at 30 
June 2023 

Range at 30 
June 2022 

Investment 
properties - 
freehold 

Investment 
properties - 
leasehold 

Primary capitalisation rate 
Secondary capitalisation rate 
Weighted average primary cap rate 
Weighted average secondary cap rate 
Sustainable occupancy 
Stabilised average EBITDA 

4.7% to 7.9% 
5.3% to 8.1% 
5.8% 
6.4% 
73% to 95% 
$1,134,151 

4.7% to 7.3% 
5.3% to 8.5% 
5.8% 
6.3% 
70% to 98% 
$1,087,144 

Primary capitalisation rate 
Secondary capitalisation rate 
Weighted average primary cap rate 
Weighted average secondary cap rate 
Sustainable occupancy 
Stabilised average EBITDA 

6.0% to 55.0% 
6.5% to 55.0% 
13.4% 
13.6% 
85% to 92% 
$390,860 

6.0% to 53.9% 
6.5% to 53.9% 
11.2% 
12.1% 
85% to 95% 
$368,167 

Under the income capitalisation method, a property’s fair value is estimated based upon a 
combination of current trading income and potential income. Potential income is subject to a higher 
degree of risk, reflected in a higher secondary capitalisation rate. 

Current earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (“EBITDA”) generated by the 
property is divided by the primary capitalisation rate (the investor's required rate of return).  
Potential income is represented by additional EBITDA (stabilised EBITDA less current EBITDA) divided by 
the secondary capitalisation rate. Stabilised EBITDA reflects the estimated EBITDA generated once a 
property reaches a sustainable level of operations.  The value attributed to the secondary capitalisation 
is then discounted to account for the estimated time and the additional costs required to deliver this 
additional value.   

The capitalisation rates are derived from recent sales of similar properties.  The secondary capitalisation 
rate is typically higher than the primary capitalisation rate to reflect the additional risk associated with 
these cashflows. Generally, an increase in stabilised EBITDA will result in an increase in fair value of an 
investment property. An increase in the vacancy rate will result in a reduction of the stabilised EBITDA. 
Investment properties are valued on a highest and best use basis. The current use of all of the 
investment properties (self-storage) is considered to be the highest and best use. 

The capitalisation rate adopted reflects the inherent risk associated with the property. For example, if 
the lease expiry profile of a particular property is short, the capitalisation rate is likely to be higher to 
reflect additional risk to income. The higher capitalisation rate then reduces the valuation of the 
property.  

100 

The following tables present the sensitivity of investment property fair values to changes in input 
assumptions. 

At 30 June 2023:  

Unobservable inputs 

Primary capitalisation rate 
Secondary capitalisation 
rate 
Sustainable occupancy 
Stabilised EBITDA 

At 30 June 2022:  

Unobservable inputs 

Leasehold 

Freehold 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in input 

Increase/ 
(decrease) in fair 
value 
$’000 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in input 

Increase/ (decrease) 
in fair value 
$’000 

1% / (1%) 

(3,275) / 4,200 

1% / (1%) 

(524,915) / 746,138 

2% / (2%) 

(575) / 950 

2% / (2%) 

(94,237) / 186,433 

5% / (5%) 
5% / (5%) 

8,125 / (3,475) 
2,100 / (1,375) 

5% / (5%) 
5% / (5%) 

256,914 / (136,278) 
182,084 / (131,438) 

Leasehold 

Freehold 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in input 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in fair value 
$’000 

Increase/ 
(decrease) 
in input 

Increase/ (decrease) 
in fair value 
$’000 

Primary capitalisation rate 
Secondary capitalisation 
rate 
Sustainable occupancy 
Stabilised EBITDA 

1% / (1%) 

(4,125) / 5,250 

1% / (1%) 

(480,713) / 684,897 

2% / (2%) 

(850) / 1,225 

2% / (2%) 

(76,979) / 151,904 

5% / (5%) 
5% / (5%) 

6,025 / (1,525) 
2,225 / (1,025) 

5% / (5%) 
5% / (5%) 

208,659 / (81,373) 
164,884/ (62,541) 

12. 

INFORMATION RELATING TO SUBSIDIARIES 

The ultimate holding company of the Group is National Storage Holdings Limited. This entity is domiciled 
in Australia. 

The consolidated financial statements of the Group as at 30 June 2023 include: 

Name of controlled entity 

National Storage (Operations) Pty Ltd    
National Storage Financial Services Limited  
Wine Ark Pty Ltd 
Southern Cross Storage Operations Pty Ltd 
National Storage Finance Pty Ltd 
NS Development Co 1 Pty Ltd 
National Storage Limited 
National Storage Investment Trust 
National Storage Victorian Property Trust 
National Storage New Zealand Property Trust* 
National Storage Southern Trust 

Place of 
incorporation 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
New Zealand 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 
Australia 

Equity interest 

2023 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

2022 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 
100% 

In addition, the result of NSPT has been consolidated due to the stapling arrangement between NSPT 
and NSH which constitutes NSR. Equity attributable to NSPT is presented as non-controlling interest. 

* NSNZPT is an Australian registered trust which holds investment properties in New Zealand 

101 

105

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. 

INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES AND ASSOCIATES 

14. 

CONTRIBUTED EQUITY 

Interest in joint ventures 

Opening balance at 1 July 
Share of (loss) / profit from joint ventures* 
Distributions received from joint ventures 
Closing balance at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

7,433 
(20) 
(1,619) 
5,794 

2022 
$'000 

5,653 
1,780 
- 
7,433 

* Included within share of (loss) / profit from joint ventures in the year ended 30 June 2023 was $0.1m representing 
NSR’s share of fair value loss related to investment properties held by joint ventures (30 Jun 2022: $2.0m gains).  

The Group held a 25% interest in the Bundall Storage Trust, Bundall Commercial Trust, Bundall Storage 
Operations Pty Ltd, the TBF & NS Trust, and Moorooka Storage Operations Pty Ltd at 30 June 2023.  

The Bundall Commercial Trust derives rental property income from the leasing of commercial units and 
the Bundall Storage Trust develops investment property for the purpose of earning future rental income.  
As at 30 June 2023, the Bundall Storage Trust had one storage centre investment property. Bundall 
Storage Operations Pty Ltd operates a self-storage business at the centre owned by the Bundall Storage 
Trust. 

During the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group acquired one storage centre investment property asset 
from the TBF & NS Trust for $27.1m. This centre was previously operated by Moorooka Storage 
Operations Pty Ltd. There was no change in the share of the Group’s interest following this transaction.  

These investments are classified as joint ventures as all parties are subject to a Securityholders 
Agreement that has been contractually structured such that the parties to the agreement have equal 
representation on the advisory board responsible for the overall direction and supervision of each trust. 

Interest in associates 

Opening balance at 1 July 
Capital contribution in associate 
Share of loss from associates 
Closing balance at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

3,095 
100 
(3) 
3,192 

2022 
$'000 

2,228 
906 
(39) 
3,095 

The Group holds a 21% (30 June 2022: 19%) holding in Spacer Technologies Pty Ltd (“Spacer”). Spacer 
operate online peer-to-peer marketplaces for parking and self-storage in Australia and North America. 
During the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group made a capital contribution of $0.1m into Spacer. (30 
Jun 2022: $0.9m). 

See note 18 for fees received and purchases from joint ventures and associates. None of the Group’s 
joint ventures or associates are listed on any public exchange. 

Issued and paid up capital 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

191,938 

163,526 

Number of stapled securities on issue 

2023 

2022 

Opening balance at 1 July  
Institutional and retail capital raises 
Distribution reinvestment plan 
Securities issued under equity incentive plan 
Closing balance at 30 June  

1,195,498,309  1,183,070,060 
- 
11,919,173 
509,076 
1,348,382,592  1,195,498,309 

141,229,611 
10,928,651 
726,021 

Institutional and retail capital raises 
On 22 March 2023, the Group announced a fully underwritten $300m institutional placement and a 
non-underwritten Security Purchase Plan which raised an additional $40.4m. This resulted in the issue of 
124,481,328 new stapled securities on 28 March 2023 and 16,748,283 new stapled securities on 26 April 
2023. The issue price represented a discount of 4.0% on the last closing price of NSR stapled securities on 
21 March 2023. 

Distribution reinvestment plan 
During the year, 10,928,651 (2022: 11,919,173) stapled securities were issued to securityholders 
participating in the Group’s Distribution Reinvestment Plan for consideration of $25.7m (2022: 
$27.6m). The stapled securities were issued at the volume weighted average market price of the 
Group's stapled securities over a period of ten trading days, less a 2% discount.  

Securities issued under equity incentive plan 
During the year 726,021 stapled securities were issued to the NSH senior executive team for FY22 Short-
Term Incentive (“STI”) and Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) remuneration under the Group’s Equity Incentive 
Plan (“the Plan”). These securities were issued following approval at the 2022 AGM on 26 October 2022. 
No consideration was paid by the recipients for the issue of the stapled securities, which were issued for 
a deemed price of $2.259 per stapled security under the terms of the STI and LTI award. The deemed 
price was calculated using the volume weighted average market price of the Group’s stapled 
securities over a 30-day trading period to 30 June 2022.  

Terms and conditions of contributed equity 

Stapled securities 
A stapled security represents one share in NSH and one unit in NSPT. Stapled securityholders have the 
right to receive declared dividends from NSH and distributions from NSPT and are entitled to one vote 
per stapled security at securityholders’ meetings. Holders of stapled securities can vote their shares and 
units in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, either in person or by proxy, at a meeting of either 
NSH or NSPT. The stapled securities have no par value. 

In the event of the winding up of NSH and NSPT, stapled securityholders have the right to participate in 
the proceeds from the sale of all surplus assets in proportion to the number of and amounts paid up on 
stapled securities held. Ordinary stapled securityholders rank after all creditors in repayment of capital. 
There is no current on or off market security buy-back. 

102 

103 

107

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. 

OTHER RESERVES 

Share-based payment reserve 
Opening balance at 1 July  
Expense for the year 
Issue of securities upon vesting 
Closing balance at 30 June  

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Opening balance at 1 July 
Foreign exchange translation differences 
Closing balance at 30 June 

2023 
$'000 

2,556 
1,504 
(1,640) 
2,420 

(141) 
64 
(77) 

2022 
$'000 

- 
2,556 
- 
2,556 

3 
(144) 
(141) 

Other reserves 

2,343 

2,415 

The share-based payments reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based 
payments provided to key management personnel as part of their remuneration. Refer to note  
21 for further details of these plans. 

The financial statements for the Group are prepared on the basis that NSH was the acquirer of NSPT. On 
this basis, foreign currency translation reserve and share-based payment reserve movements relating to 
the NSH Group are presented within other reserves in the Group’s consolidated statement of changes in 
equity.  

The movements below in foreign currency translation reserve and cashflow hedge reserve relating to 
the NSPT Group are presented within non-controlling interest in the Group’s consolidated statement of 
changes in equity.  

Foreign currency translation reserve 
Opening balance at 1 July  
Net investment hedge 
Foreign exchange translation differences 
Closing balance at 30 June  

Cash flow hedge reserve 
Opening balance at 1 July 
Revaluation of cash flow hedges 
Reclassification to consolidated statement of profit or loss (see 
note 7) 
Taxation impact on revaluation (see note 9) 
Closing balance at 30 June 

Other reserves 

NSPT Group 
2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

(6,190) 
1,158 
3,135 
(1,897) 

(1,504) 
700 
(5,386) 
(6,190) 

10,636 
(4,780) 

(16,157) 
18,981 

5,359 
- 
11,215 

7,815 
(3) 
10,636 

9,318 

4,446 

The hedging reserve is used to record gains or losses on derivatives that are designated as cash flow 
hedges and recognised in other comprehensive income, as described in note 2(n). Amounts are 
reclassified to profit or loss in the period when the associated hedged transaction takes place.  

In previous years, the Group has reset the interest rates associated with interest rate derivatives 
designated as cash flow hedges. In accordance with AASB 9 Financial instruments, as the nature of the 
underlying hedged instrument is unchanged the fair value of these outflows remain in the cash flow 
hedge reserve and are amortised to the consolidated statement of profit or loss in both the current and 

104 

future periods relating to the profile of the original instrument. During the year ended 30 June 2023, 
$5.4m (30 June 2022: $7.8m) has been recognised in finance costs relating to this item (see note 7).  

Taxation impact on revaluation applies only to cash flow hedges held in NSNZPT, a sub-trust of NSPT, 
which is subject to New Zealand tax legislation. Deferred tax does not apply to cash flow hedges held in 
the NSPT Group under current Australian tax legislation. The cash flow hedge is included in non-
controlling interest in the Consolidated Group. 

16. 

FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT 

This note outlines the Group’s exposure to financial risks and how these risks could affect future financial 
performance. 

The Group’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and 
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the financial performance of the business. The Group 
uses derivative financial instruments such as interest rate swaps, caps, and interest rate swaptions to 
hedge certain market risk exposures.  

Risk management for the Group is carried out by the NSH Board and key management personnel of 
NSH. The NSH Board of Directors analyses, on behalf of the Group, interest rate exposure and evaluates 
treasury management strategies in the context of the most recent economic conditions and forecasts. 

Derivatives 
Derivatives are only used for economic hedging purposes and not as trading or speculative instruments. 
The Group has the following derivative financial instruments: 

Interest rate derivatives not designated as hedging 
instruments presented in: 
Non-current assets 
Non-current liabilities 
Net assets 

Interest rate derivatives designated as cash flow 
hedges presented in: 
Current assets 
Non-current assets 
Net assets 

Notes 

10.3 
10.6 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

3,343 
(1,289) 
2,054 

- 
- 
- 

10.3 
10.3 

519 
15,964 
16,483 

387 
20,876 
21,263 

Classification of derivatives 
Derivatives entered into prior to 30 June 2022 were designated as cash flow hedges with changes in the 
fair value of the instrument recognised in other comprehensive income and accumulated in the Groups 
cash flow hedge reserve. The Group continues to hedge account for these derivatives until the expiry 
date of the instrument. The Group will discontinue hedge accounting should the instrument fail to meet 
the risk management objective, no longer comply with the qualifying criteria or is sold or terminated. 

Derivatives entered into for the year ended 30 June 2023 have not been designated as hedging 
instruments and are therefore classified as held for trading. Changes in the fair value of the derivatives is 
recognised directly in fair value adjustments within the consolidated statement of profit or loss. All 
derivatives are presented as current assets or liabilities if they are expected to be settled within 12 
months after the end of the reporting period.  

The Group’s accounting policy for cash flow hedges is set out in note 2(n). For hedged forecast 
transactions that result in the recognition of a non-financial asset, the Group has included related 
hedging gains and losses in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset. The ineffectiveness 
recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss was immaterial. 

105 

109

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair value measurement 
For information about the methods and assumptions used in determining fair values of derivatives refer 
to note 10.8. 

Market risk 
Market risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate 
because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises of three types of risk: interest rate risk, 
currency risk and other price risk, such as equity price and commodity risk. Financial instruments 
affected by market risk include loans and borrowings, deposits, debt and equity investments, and 
derivative financial instruments.  

The sensitivity analysis in the following sections relate to the position as at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 
2022. The sensitivity analysis has been prepared on the basis that the amount of net debt, the ratio of 
fixed to floating interest rates of debt and derivatives and the proportion of financial instruments in 
foreign currencies are all constant on the basis of hedge designations in place at each year end. 

The analysis excludes the impact of movements in market variables on provisions and the non-financial 
assets and liabilities of foreign operations. 

The following assumptions have been made in calculating sensitivity analysis: 
• 

The sensitivity of the relevant consolidated statement of profit or loss item is the effect of the 
assumed changes in respective market risks. This is based on the financial assets held at 30 June 
2023 and 30 June 2022 including the effect of hedge accounting. 
The sensitivity of equity is calculated by considering the effect of any associated cash flow hedges 
and hedges of a net investment in a foreign subsidiary in place at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022.  

• 

Interest rate risk 
Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate 
because of changes in market interest rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in market 
interest rates relate primarily to their long-term debt obligations with floating interest rates. 

The Group manages its interest rate margin risk by having a balanced portfolio of debt from different 
providers and markets, with multiple maturities. The Group’s borrowings are principally by way of 
variable rate loans and borrowings. Interest rate risk is managed by using financial derivatives, which 
include interest rate swaps, forwards, options and caps. At 30 June 2023, after taking into account the 
effect of interest rate derivatives, 36.5% (2022: 36.9%) of the Group’s borrowings are at a fixed rate of 
interest. 

Interest rate sensitivity 
The following table demonstrates the sensitivity to a possible change in interest rates on the portion of 
loans and borrowings affected, after the impact of hedge accounting.  

2023 
Australian dollar denominated debt 
New Zealand dollar denominated debt 

2022 
Australian dollar denominated debt 
New Zealand dollar denominated debt 

Increase/ decrease 
in basis points 

Effect on profit before tax 
$'000  

+50 / -50 
+50 / -50 

+50 / -50 
+50 / -50 

(3,067) / 3,067 
(775) / 775 

(1,962) / 1,962 
(2,008) / 2,008 

The assumed movement in basis points for the interest rate sensitivity analysis is based on the currently 
observable market environment. 

Foreign currency risk 
Foreign currency risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of an exposure will fluctuate 
because of changes in foreign exchange rates. The Group’s exposure to the risk of changes in foreign 
exchange rates relates primarily to the Group’s operating activities (when revenue or expense is 
denominated in a foreign currency), and the Group’s net investment in foreign subsidiaries.  

The Group hedges its exposure to fluctuations on the translation into Australian dollars of its foreign 
operations by holding net borrowings in foreign currencies. 

Foreign currency sensitivity 
The following tables demonstrate the sensitivity to a possible change in New Zealand Dollar exchange 
rate with all other variables held constant.  

2023 

2022 

Change in 
NZD rate 

+5% 
-5% 
+5% 
-5% 

Effect on profit 
before tax 
$'000 
(628) 
694 
(1,669) 
1,845 

Effect on pre-
tax equity 
$'000 
(9,326) 
12,495 
(4,678) 
7,055 

The movement in the profit before tax is a result of a change in the fair value of the monetary assets 
and liabilities denominated in NZD. The movement in pre-tax equity arises from changes in NZD 
borrowings in the hedge of net investments in New Zealand operations and cash flow hedges. These 
movements will offset the translation of New Zealand operations’ net assets into AUD. 

Credit risk 
Credit risk is the risk that a counterparty will not meet its obligations under a financial instrument or 
customer contract, leading to a financial loss. The Group is exposed to credit risk from its operating 
activities (primarily trade receivables) and from its financing activities, including deposits with banks and 
other financial instruments.  

Trade receivables 
The exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables is influenced mainly by the individual 
characteristics of each customer. The Group’s customer credit risk is managed by requiring customers 
to pay monthly rentals in advance. Customer credit risk is reduced through a contractual lien over the 
contents stored in the rented units. The terms of the storage agreement provide for the auction of the 
customer’s stored contents to recover any unpaid amounts. Outstanding customer receivables are 
regularly monitored and credit concerns reviewed. 

The allowance for expected credit losses represents an estimate of trade receivables that are not 
considered to be recoverable. For the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group has recognised an 
expected loss provision of $281,000 (30 June 2022: $219,000) based on lifetime expected credit losses at 
each reporting date. The Group assesses this allowance based on its historical credit loss experience, 
adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to classification groups of receivables.  

Cash and cash equivalents 
The Group’s credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is limited as the counterparties are banks with high 
credit-ratings assigned by international credit-rating agencies. The maximum exposure to credit risk for 
the components of the consolidated statement of financial position at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 is 
the carrying amounts as indicated in the consolidated statement of financial position. 

Guarantees 
Credit risk also arises in relation to financial guarantees given to certain parties (refer to notes 19, 23, 
and 24). Such guarantees are only provided in exceptional circumstances and are subject to specific 
Board approval. 

106 

107 

111

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liquidity risk 
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. 
The objective of managing liquidity risk is to ensure the Group will have sufficient liquidity to meet its 
liabilities when they fall due, under both normal and stressed conditions. NSH on behalf of the Group 
has established a number of policies and processes for managing liquidity risk. These include: 

•  Continuously monitoring cash flows on a daily basis as well as forecasting cash flows on a medium 

and long-term basis. 

•  Monitoring the maturity profiles of financial assets and liabilities in order to match cashflows. 
•  Maintaining adequate reserves and support facilities. 
•  Monitoring liquidity ratios and all constituent elements of working capital. 
•  Maintaining adequate borrowing and finance facilities. 

Financing arrangements 
The Group had access to the following undrawn borrowing facilities at the end of the reporting period: 

At 30 June 2022 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Distribution payable 
Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Inflows 
Outflows 
Total derivatives 

963 
- 
- 
- 
963 

- 
- 
- 

On 
demand 
$'000 

Less than 3 
months 
$'000 

3 to 12 
months 
$'000 

1 to 5 
years 
$'000 

21,876 
10,745 
3,738 
64,557 
100,916 

1,097 
37,886 
11,593 
- 
50,576 

461 
1,057,449 
57,366 
- 
1,115,276 

Over 5 
years 
$'000 

- 
28,983 
72,533 
- 
101,516 

Total 
$'000 

24,397 
1,135,063 
145,230 
64,557 
1,369,247 

(1,967) 
336 
(1,631) 

(6,479) 
824 
(5,655) 

(17,220) 
2,053 
(15,167) 

- 
- 
- 

(25,666) 
3,213 
(22,453) 

Expiring within one year (bank overdraft) 
Expiring within one year (loans) 
Expiring beyond one year (loans) 
Total 

2023 
$'000 
3,000 
30,000 
639,947 
672,947 

2022 
$'000 
3,000 
- 
307,906 
310,906 

Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities 

963 

99,285 

44,921 

1,100,109 

101,516 

1,346,794 

1 July  
2022 
$'000 

Cash 
flows 
$'000 

Foreign 
exchange 
movement 
$'000 

Change 
in fair 
value 
$'000 

New 
leases 
$’000 

Other 
$'000 

30 June 
2023 
$'000 

The bank overdraft facilities may be drawn at any time and may be terminated by the bank without 
notice. All other unsecured bank loans may be drawn at any time and are subject to an annual review. 
Further details of the bank loans are detailed in notes 10.5 and 17. 

Maturity of financial liabilities 

The tables below summarise the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities based on contractual 
undiscounted payments. As amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash 
flows including future interest payments, these balances will not necessarily agree with the amounts 
disclosed on the consolidated statement of financial position.  

At 30 June 2023 
Non-derivatives 
Trade and other payables 
Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Distribution payable 
Total non-derivatives 

Derivatives 
Inflows 
Outflows 
Total derivatives 

On 
demand 
$'000 

Less than 
3 months 
$'000 

3 to 12 
months 
$'000 

1 to 5 
years 
$'000 

Over 5 
years 
$'000 

Total 
$'000 

1,310 
- 
- 
- 
1,310 

22,535 
17,447 
3,798 
74,161 
117,941 

6,272 
51,352 
11,747 
- 
69,371 

1,283 
893,441 
50,598 
- 
945,322 

- 

31,400 
245,713  1,207,953 
129,453 
74,161 
309,023  1,442,967 

63,310 
- 

- 
- 
- 

(3,084) 
33 
(3,051) 

(7,954) 
175 
(7,779) 

(10,573) 
925 
(9,648) 

(231) 
- 
(231) 

(21,842) 
1,133 
(20,709) 

1,310 

114,890 

61,592 

935,674 

308,792  1,422,258 

Interest rate derivatives: 
Non-current financial 
liabilities 

- 

- 

Distributions payable 

64,557 

(104,888) 

- 

- 

Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Current liabilities  

972,017 

(30,948) 

2,426 

10,636 

(10,677)*
* 
- 

- 

2 

Non-current liabilities 

97,954 

1,289 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,289 

114,492* 

74,161 

(2,362) 

941,133 

342 

10,984 

11,285 

1,532 

(9,402) 

90,086 

Total liabilities from 
financing activities 

1,145,164 

(146,513) 

2,428 

1,289 

1,874 

113,712  1,117,954 

Interest rate derivatives: 
Current financial liabilities 
Non-current financial 
liabilities 

1 July  
2021 
$'000 

22 

103 

- 

- 

Distributions payable 

49,689 

(76,779) 

Borrowings 
Lease liabilities 
Current liabilities  
Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities from 
financing activities 

758,050 

220,344 

(6,262) 

9,037 
101,663 

(9,023)** 
- 

- 
- 

Cash 
flows 
$'000 

Foreign 
exchange 
movement 
$'000 

Change 
in fair 
value 
$'000 

New 
leases 
$’000 

Other 
$'000 

- 

- 

30 June 
2022 
$'000 

- 

- 

91,647* 

64,557 

(115) 

972,017 

- 

- 

- 

- 

496 
4,101 

10,126 
(7,810) 

10,636 
97,954 

- 

- 

- 

(22) 

(103) 

- 

- 

- 
- 

918,564 

134,542 

(6,262) 

(125) 

4,597 

93,848 

1,145,164 

108 

109 

113

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
* Other balances presented above represent distributions declared in the year: $140.2m (30 June 
2022: $119.2m) (see note 17), less units issued under the distribution reinvestment plan which do not 
result in a cash outflow: $25.7m (30 June: 2022: $27.6m), (see note 14).  

** Relates to principal portion of lease liability payment. Total lease payments for the year ended 30 
June 2023 were $14.6m (30 June 2022: $15.6m) as disclosed in the Consolidated Statement of 
Cashflows. 

17. 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are two-fold, to safeguard its ability to continue as a 
going concern, and to maintain an optimal structure to reduce the cost of capital and maximise long 
term value for its securityholders.  

In order to achieve these objectives, the Group’s capital management strategy aims to ensure that it 
meets financial covenants attached to interest-bearing loans and borrowings. Breaches in meeting a 
financial covenant could permit the lender to immediately call loans and borrowings. There have been 
no breaches of financial covenants relating to any loans and borrowings in the current or prior year. The 
Group manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to reflect changes in economic conditions 
and the requirements of its financial covenants. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group 
may adjust the distribution payment to securityholders, return capital to securityholders or issue new 
securities.  

The Group monitors capital using a gearing ratio, which is consistent with the methodology held within 
the Common Terms Deed relating to the Group’s borrowings.  

As at 30 June 2023, the Group’s gearing ratio was 19.8% (30 June 2022: 23.0%), below the targeted 
range of between 25% and 40%.  

Loan covenants 
Financial covenants under the terms of the Group’s borrowing agreement require the Group to ensure 
that the gearing ratio does not exceed 55% and operating earnings adjusted for interest, tax, 
depreciation and finance amortisation costs equals or exceeds a multiple of two times interest expense. 
The Group has complied with these covenants throughout the reporting period.  

Dividends and distributions 
Distributions have been made and declared as noted below. 

NSPT interim distribution of 5.5 cents per unit paid on 1 
March 2023 (2022: 4.6 cents per unit) 
NSPT final distribution of 5.5 cents per unit payable on 5 
September 2023 (2022: 5.4 cents per unit) 

NSPT Group 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

66,001 

   54,685 

74,161 
140,162 

   64,557  
119,242 

There are no proposed distributions not recognised as a liability for the year ended 30 June 2023. 
The Directors of NSH have not declared an interim or final dividend for the year ended 30 June 2023. 

Franking credit balance 

Franking credits available for subsequent financial 
years based on a tax rate of 30% (2022: 30%) 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

17,409 

4,812 

110 

The above amounts are calculated from the balance of the NSH franking account at the end of the 
reporting period.  

The NSPT Group does not have franking credits as distributions are paid from NSPT which is not liable to 
pay income tax provided all taxable income is distributed.  

18. 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

The following tables provide the total amount of transactions that have been entered into with related 
parties for the relevant financial years. 

Transactions with Related Parties  

Bundall Commercial Trust 

Bundall Storage Trust 

Bundall Storage Operations Pty Ltd 

Spacer Technologies Pty Ltd 

The TBF & NS Trust 

Moorooka Storage 
Operations Pty Ltd 

Revenue 
from 
related 
parties 
$ 

Purchases 
from 
related 
parties 
$ 

230,036 
225,507 

327,056 
322,257 

199,408 
132,529 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

Amount 
owed by 
related 
parties 
$ 

2,915,866 
2,683,928 

3,717,686 
3,390,434 

390,732 
175,293 

- 
- 

73,148 
87,684 

- 
- 

224,026 
832,498 

38,217 
30,000 

- 
- 

- 
- 

51,346 
3,837,538 

41,551 
29,950 

2023 
2022 

2023 
2022 

2023 
2022 

2023 
2022 

2023 
2022 

2023 
2022 

Amount 
owed to 
related 
parties 
$ 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

Terms and conditions of transactions with related parties  
The sales to and purchases from related parties are made on terms equivalent to those that prevail in 
arm’s length transactions.   

As at 30 June 2023, the Group had receivables outstanding of $1,775,000 (30 June 2022: $1,775,000) with 
the Bundall Commercial Trust and $2,850,000 (30 June 2022: $2,850,000) with the Bundall Storage Trust, 
and $nil (30 June 2022: $1,150,000) with the TBF & NS Trust relating to amounts drawn down under facility 
agreements between the entities. These are included in the table above.  

The facility agreements have terms ranging from 1 to 5 years and are interest bearing on commercial 
rates. The receivables with the Bundall Storage Trust, Bundall Commercial Trust have been classed as 
current receivables in the consolidated statement of financial position as these receivables are 
expected to be repaid within 12 months of 30 June 2023. All other outstanding balances are unsecured 
and interest free.  

The remaining amounts owed by these entities relate to management fees and accrued interest not 
paid at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022. 

There have been no guarantees provided or received for any related party receivables or payables. 
For the years ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, the Group has not recorded any impairment of 
receivables relating to amounts owed by related parties.   

111 

115

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Key management personnel compensation 

20. 

EARNINGS PER STAPLED SECURITY (“EPS”) 

Short-term employee benefits 
Post-employment benefits 
Equity settled short-term benefits 
Equity settled long-term benefits 
Other long-term benefits 

Consolidated Group 

2023 
$'000 
4,571 
122 
576 
1,148 
546 
6,963 

2022 
$'000 
4,213 
113 
492 
1,148 
543 
6,509 

The amounts disclosed in the table are the amounts recognised as an expense during the reporting 
period relating to key management personnel (KMP). Detailed remuneration disclosures are provided in 
the Remuneration Report which is included in the Directors’ Report.  

Key management personnel’s’ interest in the Equity Incentive Plan 

Performance rights held by key management personnel under the Equity Incentive Plan for the year 
ended 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022 are listed below: 

Date of grant 
2022 
2022 
2023 

    Assessment period 

1-Jul-20 to 30-Jun-23 
1-Jul-21 to 30-Jun-24 
1-Jul-22 to 30-Jun-25 

19. 

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES 

2023  
Number 
outstanding 
561,700 
561,700 
595,100 
1,718,500 

2022  
Number 
outstanding 
561,700 
561,700 
- 
1,123,400 

Capital commitments 
As at 30 June 2023, the Group held commitments to purchase three freehold investment properties and 
six development sites in Australia and New Zealand for $69.4m (30 June 2022: four freehold investment 
properties and six development sites for $78.4m). 

As at 30 June 2023, the Group has contractual commitments in place for the construction of self-
storage centres in Australia for $161.4m (30 June 2022: $68.9m). (see note 11.3). 

There is no other capital expenditure contracted for at the end of the reporting period but not 
recognised as a liability. There are no other contingent assets or liabilities for the Group. 

Lease liability commitments 
For details of lease liability commitments see note 10.7. 

Guarantees and contingent liabilities 
The Group has provided bank guarantees of $6.8m (2022: $4.2m). These are provided to third party 
lessors and other related entities.  

The Group did not have any contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2023 or 30 June 2022.  

Basic earnings per stapled security is calculated as net profit attributable to stapled security holders, 
adjusted to exclude costs of servicing equity (other than distributions) divided by the weighted average 
number of stapled securities on issue during the period under review. 

Diluted earnings per stapled security adjust the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per 
share to take into account: 
• 

The after tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential stapled 
securities; and 
The weighted average number of additional stapled securities that would have been outstanding 
assuming the conversion of all dilutive potential stapled securities. 

• 

Basic earnings per stapled security 
Diluted earnings per stapled security 

2023  
cents 

25.79 
25.75 

2022 
cents 
(restated) 
51.79 
51.71 

Reconciliation of earnings used in calculating earnings per stapled security 

Net profit attributable to members 

  $’000                   $’000  
620,618 

320,400 

No. of 
securities 

No. of 
securities 
(restated) 

Weighted average number of securities on issue during the 
year 
Adjustment under AASB 133 to reflect discount to market 
price on issue of new capital 
Weighted average number of securities used to calculate 
basic and diluted earnings per stapled securities 

1,236,914,113 

1,189,922,871 

5,615,488 

8,523,589 

1,242,529,601 

1,198,446,460 

Effects of dilution from issue of performance rights and 
restricted securities 
Weighted average number of securities for diluted earnings 
per stapled security 

1,539,970 

1,849,417 

1,244,069,571 

1,200,295,877 

As required by AASB 133 Earnings per share, for issues of capital raises during the year ended 30 June 
2023 and 30 June 2022, the weighted average number of securities on issue used to calculate statutory 
basic and diluted earnings per stapled securities has been adjusted to reflect the difference between 
the issue price and the fair value of securities prior to issue. No actual securities were issued relating to 
this adjustment. 

The weighted average number of stapled securities for the year ended 30 June 2022 used to calculate 
basic and diluted earnings per stapled securities has also been restated on this basis. 

Diluted EPS is calculated by dividing the profit attributed to members by the weighted average number 
of securities for basic earnings per stapled security plus the weighted average number of securities that 
would be issued on conversion of all dilutive potential stapled securities into stapled securities. 

112 

113 

117

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21. 

SHARE-BASED PAYMENTS 

Executive remuneration plan 
Under the Group’s Equity Incentive Plan, key management personnel (“KMP”) receive a component of 
their short-term incentive (“STI”) and long-term incentive (“LTI”) remuneration in the form of share-based 
payments.  

Short-term incentive remuneration 
The equity component of STI remuneration is structured through the issuance of restricted securities at 
the end of a one-year assessment period, subject to satisfaction of pre-determined vesting conditions. 
In the event that these conditions are not met, the restricted securities do not vest. 

The maximum value of the STI payable under the FY23 award is set at 30 June 2022, with the number of 
instruments to be granted calculated using the 30-day volume weighted average price (“VWAP”) to 30 
June 2023.  

For the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group has recognised $0.6m of share-based payment expense in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss for restricted securities expected to be issued under the FY23 
STI award (30 June 2022: $0.5m). 

Long-term incentive remuneration 
The equity component of LTI remuneration is structured through the issuance of performance rights at 
the commencement of a three-year LTI assessment period. Each performance right is a right to receive 
one stapled security of the Group, subject to the satisfaction of pre-determined service and vesting 
conditions. The vesting conditions include total shareholder return (“TSR”) and earnings per share 
growth targets. In the event these vesting conditions are not met, the performance rights will lapse. 
There is no consideration payable by the participant upon vesting of the performance rights. 

The following table illustrates the number of, and movements in, performance rights during the year: 

Outstanding as at 1 July 
Granted during the year 
Forfeited during the year 
Outstanding at 30 June 
Exercisable at 30 June 

2023 
No. of rights 
1,123,400 
595,100 
- 
1,718,500 
561,700 

2022 
No. of rights 
- 
1,123,400 
- 
1,123,400 
- 

Fair value of performance rights 
Performance rights contain both a market vesting condition (TSR) and a non-market vesting condition 
(EPS growth target). The fair value of performance rights containing a market vesting condition are 
estimated at the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation and trinomial lattice combination, taking 
into account the terms and conditions on which the performance rights were granted. The model 
simulates the TSR and compares it with a group of principal competitors. It takes into account historical 
and expected dividends, and share price volatility of the Group relative to that of its competitors so as 
to predict the share performance. 

The fair value of performance rights containing a non-market vesting condition (EPS growth target) are 
estimated at the date of grant using a binomial model, taking into account the terms and conditions 
on which the performance rights were granted.  

Both models were prepared by an independent valuation expert. 

The following table lists the model inputs used to determine the fair value at grant date of performance 
rights issued under the Plan: 

Grant date 

Vesting 
date 

FY23 performance rights 
FY24 performance rights 
FY25 performance rights 

22-Nov-21  30-Jun-23 
22-Nov-21  30-Jun-24 
11-Nov-22  30-Jun-25 

Share 
price at 
grant date  
$ 
2.43 
2.43 
2.49 

Expected 
volatility  
% 
35.04 
30.22 
32.20 

Dividend 
yield  
% 
3.37 
3.37 
4.34 

Risk-free 
interest 
rate  
% 
0.57 
0.96 
3.16 

The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over a period similar to the life 
of the performance rights is indicative of future trends, which may not necessarily be the actual 
outcome.  

The weighted average fair value of performance rights granted during the year ended 30 June 2023 
was $1.61 (year ended 30 June 2022: $1.63). 

Expenses arising from performance rights 
For the year ended 30 June 2023, the Group has recognised $0.9m of share-based payment expense in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss for performance rights granted (30 June 2022: $2.1m). There 
were no cancellations or modifications to the awards in 2022 or 2023.(cid:3)

22. 

AUDITORS’ REMUNERATION 

The auditor of the Group is Ernst & Young Australia.  

2023 
$ 

2022 
$ 

Amounts received or due and receivable by Ernst & Young Australia for: 

Category 1 – Fees for auditing the statutory financial report of the group 
and any other group entity 
Category 2 – Fees for assurance services that are required by legislation 
to be provided by the auditor 
Category 3 – Fees for other assurance services under other legislation or 
contractual arrangements where there is discretion on service provider 
Category 4 – Fees for other services 
Total auditors’ remuneration 

712,094 

647,100 

- 

- 

38,200 
70,716 
821,010 

35,200 
61,725 
744,025 

114 

115 

119

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23. 

INFORMATION RELATING TO THE PARENT ENTITY 

Consolidated statement of financial position 

Summary financial information 
The individual financial statements for NSH, the parent entity, show the following aggregate amounts: 

   Current assets 
   Total assets 
   Current liabilities 
   Total liabilities 

   Net assets 

   Issued capital 
   Other reserves 
   Retained earnings / (deficit) 

   Loss after tax 
   Total comprehensive income / (loss) 

2023 
$’000 

2022 
$’000 
122,620  116,350 
145,165  138,551 
(21,618) 
(21,560) 
(21,618) 
(22,298) 

122,867  116,933 

190,186  161,774 
2,556 
2,420 
(69,739) 
(47,397) 
122,867  116,933 

(22,437) 
(22,437) 

(18,638) 
(18,638) 

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity 
The Group’s parent entity has provided bank guarantees of $2.4m (2022: $0.1m). These are provided to 
third party lessors and other related entities. In addition, there are cross guarantees given by National 
Storage Holdings Limited, National Storage (Operations) Pty Ltd, Southern Cross Storage Operations Pty 
Ltd, and National Storage Pty Ltd as described in note 24. No deficiencies of assets exist in any of these 
companies.  

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity 
The Group’s parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2023 or 30 June 2022.  

24. 

DEED OF CROSS GUARANTEE 

As at 30 June 2023 and 30 June 2022, National Storage Holdings Limited, National Storage (Operations) 
Pty Ltd, Southern Cross Storage Operations Pty Ltd and National Storage Pty Ltd are parties to a deed of 
cross guarantee under which each company guarantees the debts of the others. By entering into the 
deed, the wholly-owned entities have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report 
and Directors’ report under ASIC Corporations (wholly-owned companies) instrument 2016/785 issued 
by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.  

Set out below is a consolidated statement of comprehensive income and consolidated statement of 
financial position of the entities that are parties to a deed of cross guarantee.  

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income 

Profit before income tax 
Income tax expense 
Profit after tax 

Retained earnings at the beginning of the year 
Dividends received 
Retained earnings at the end of the year 

2023 
$'000 
48,522 
(12,053) 
36,469 

2022 
$'000 
30,529 
(8,126) 
22,403 

31,646 
1,200 
69,315 

7,943 
1,300 
31,646 

Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Trade and other receivables 
Inventories 
Other current assets 
Total current assets 
Non-current assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Property, plant and equipment 
Right of use assets 
Investment properties  
Investments 
Intangibles 
Deferred tax asset 
Other non-current assets 
Total non-current assets 

2023 
$'000 

2022 
$'000 

21,797 
161,921 
1,528 
10,129 
195,375 

26,616 
84,944 
1,405 
6,237 
119,202 

135 
1,168 
3,719 

135 
1,285 
5,002 
1,398,267  1,241,177 
5,932 
29,646 
9,226 
16,676 
1,454,635  1,309,079 

5,932 
29,310 
8,810 
7,294 

Total assets 

1,650,010  1,428,281 

Liabilities 
Current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Deferred revenue 
Income tax payable 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Lease liabilities 
Provisions 
Total non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets  

Equity 
Contributed equity 
Other reserves 
Retained profits 
Total equity 

20,785 
10,240 
15,404 
8,625 
4,731 
59,785 

16,973 
9,808 
15,720 
9,181 
3,721 
55,403 

1,283 

- 
1,317,662  1,167,737 
9,261 
1,328,304  1,176,998 

9,359 

1,388,089  1,232,401 

261,921 

195,880 

190,186 
2,420 
69,315 
261,921 

161,774 
2,556 
31,550 
195,880 

25. 

EVENTS AFTER REPORTING PERIOD 

For the period from 1 July 2023 to the date of this report the Group settled two storage centre 
investment properties, two development sites, and purchased the freehold of a leasehold component 
of an existing centre for total consideration of $45.3m. 

On 22 August 2023, the Group secured $150m of new senior unsecured debt facilities, comprised of a 
$50m three-year facility and a $100m five-year facility. In addition, the Group extended $30m of existing 
undrawn facilities maturing September 2023 for a period of one year.   

116 

117 

121

Annual Report 2023 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DIRECTORS’ DECLARATION 

In accordance with a resolution of the Directors of National Storage Holdings Limited, the 
Directors state that:  

1.

In the opinion of the Directors:

(a)

the financial statements and notes of the Group for the year ended 30 June 2023
are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i.

ii.

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated entity’s financial position as
at 30 June 2023 and of its performance for the year ended on that date;
and
complying with Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations
2001;

(b)

(c)

(d)

the financial statements and notes also comply with International Financial
Reporting Standards as disclosed in note 2(b); and

there are reasonable grounds to believe that NSR will be able to pay its debts as
and when they become due and payable.

as at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that
the members of the Closed Group identified in Note 24 will be able to meet any
obligations or liabilities to which they are or may become subject, by virtue of the
Deed of Cross Guarantee.

2.

This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made
to the Directors by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer in
accordance with section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year
ended 30 June 2023.

On behalf of the Board, 

Anthony Keane 
Non-Executive Chairman 
23 August 2023 
Brisbane 

Andrew Catsoulis 
Managing Director 

    23 August 2023 
    Brisbane

Ernst & Young 
Ernst & Young 
111 Eagle Street 
111 Eagle Street 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001 

  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
  Tel: +61 7 3011 3333 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100 
ey.com/au 
ey.com/au 

Independent auditor’s report to the members of National Storage REIT 
Independent auditor’s report to the members of National Storage REIT 

Report on the audit of the financial report 
Report on the audit of the financial report 

Opinion 
Opinion 
We have audited the financial report of National Storage REIT (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
We have audited the financial report of National Storage REIT (the Company) and its subsidiaries 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 
(collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 
June 2023, the consolidated statement of profit or loss, consolidated statement of comprehensive 
June 2023, the consolidated statement of profit or loss, consolidated statement of comprehensive 
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the 
income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the 
year then ended, notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting 
year then ended, notes to the financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting 
policies, and the directors’ declaration. 
policies, and the directors’ declaration. 

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations 
In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations 
Act 2001, including: 
Act 2001, including: 

a.  Giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2023 
a.  Giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2023 

and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and 

b.  Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 
b.  Complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001. 

Basis for opinion 
Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial 
report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor 
report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accounting Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional 
Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the 
Accountants (including Independence Standards) (the Code) that are relevant to our audit of the 
financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with 
the Code.  
the Code.  

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis 
for our opinion. 
for our opinion. 

Key audit matters 
Key audit matters 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in 
our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide 
our audit of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide 
a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit 
a separate opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit 
addressed the matter is provided in that context. 
addressed the matter is provided in that context. 

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the 
financial report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
financial report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of 
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of 
material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the 
material misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the 
procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the 
procedures performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the 
accompanying financial report. 
accompanying financial report. 

118 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

123

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment property valuation 
Investment property valuation 

Why significant 
Why significant 
Investment properties represent 
Investment properties represent 
approximately 98% of the Group’s 
approximately 98% of the Group’s 
total assets. These assets are carried 
total assets. These assets are carried 
at fair value, which is assessed by 
at fair value, which is assessed by 
the directors with reference to either 
the directors with reference to either 
external independent property 
external independent property 
valuations or internal valuations and 
valuations or internal valuations and 
are based on market conditions 
are based on market conditions 
existing at reporting date. 
existing at reporting date. 

This was considered a key audit 
This was considered a key audit 
matter due to the number of 
matter due to the number of 
judgments required in determining 
judgments required in determining 
fair value.  These judgments include 
fair value.  These judgments include 
assessing the capitalisation rates, 
assessing the capitalisation rates, 
sustainable occupancy and stabilised 
sustainable occupancy and stabilised 
average EBITDA (earnings before 
average EBITDA (earnings before 
interest, tax, depreciation and 
interest, tax, depreciation and 
amortisation).  
amortisation).  

Disclosure relating to investment 
Disclosure relating to investment 
properties and the associated 
properties and the associated 
significant judgments are included in 
significant judgments are included in 
Notes 2(n), 3, 9.1, and 9.2 to the 
Notes 2(n), 3, 9.1, and 9.2 to the 
financial report. 
financial report. 

How our audit addressed the key audit matter 
How our audit addressed the key audit matter 
Our audit procedures included the following: 
Our audit procedures included the following: 
•  With the involvement of our real estate valuation specialists, we 
•  With the involvement of our real estate valuation specialists, we 

assessed: 
assessed: 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

The suitability of the valuation methodologies used; 
The suitability of the valuation methodologies used; 
The competence, qualifications and objectivity of both the 
The competence, qualifications and objectivity of both the 
Group’s internal valuers and external valuation experts; and 
Group’s internal valuers and external valuation experts; and 
The reasonableness of key assumptions and inputs used in 
The reasonableness of key assumptions and inputs used in 
the valuations. These assumptions and inputs included 
the valuations. These assumptions and inputs included 
capitalisation rates, occupancy rates including forecast 
capitalisation rates, occupancy rates including forecast 
occupancy levels, and stabilised average EBITDA. 
occupancy levels, and stabilised average EBITDA. 

• 
• 

•  Agreed source data used in the valuations to support tenancy 
•  Agreed source data used in the valuations to support tenancy 

schedules and accounting sub-ledgers; 
schedules and accounting sub-ledgers; 
Tested the mathematical accuracy of the internal valuation model, 
Tested the mathematical accuracy of the internal valuation model, 
including assessing key valuation inputs with reference to those 
including assessing key valuation inputs with reference to those 
applied by the external valuation experts and where relevant we 
applied by the external valuation experts and where relevant we 
assessed the reasonableness of comparable transactions used in 
assessed the reasonableness of comparable transactions used in 
the valuation process;  
the valuation process;  

•  Where relevant, we evaluated the movement in the capitalisation 
•  Where relevant, we evaluated the movement in the capitalisation 
rates, occupancy rates, and stabilised average EBITDA across the 
rates, occupancy rates, and stabilised average EBITDA across the 
portfolio based on our knowledge of the property portfolio, 
portfolio based on our knowledge of the property portfolio, 
comparable acquisition transactions in the period, published 
comparable acquisition transactions in the period, published 
industry reports and comparable external valuations; and 
industry reports and comparable external valuations; and 
•  We considered the adequacy of disclosures in relation to the 
•  We considered the adequacy of disclosures in relation to the 

valuation methods and principles disclosed in Note 2(n) Summary 
valuation methods and principles disclosed in Note 2(n) Summary 
of significant accounting policies - Investment properties, Note 3 
of significant accounting policies - Investment properties, Note 3 
Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions – 
Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions – 
Revaluation of investment properties, Note 9.1 Investment 
Revaluation of investment properties, Note 9.1 Investment 
properties and Note 9.2 Non-financial assets fair value 
properties and Note 9.2 Non-financial assets fair value 
measurement. 
measurement. 

Information other than the financial report and auditor’s report thereon 
Information other than the financial report and auditor’s report thereon 
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
The directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the 
information included in the Company’s 2023 annual report, but does not include the financial report 
information included in the Company’s 2023 annual report, but does not include the financial report 
and our auditor’s report thereon. 
and our auditor’s report thereon. 

Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
Our opinion on the financial report does not cover the other information and accordingly we do not 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report 
express any form of assurance conclusion thereon, with the exception of the Remuneration Report 
and our related assurance opinion.  
and our related assurance opinion.  

In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
In connection with our audit of the financial report, our responsibility is to read the other information 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial 
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  
report or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.  

If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 
other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard. 

Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 
Responsibilities of the directors for the financial report 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
true and fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
financial report that gives a true and fair view and is free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error. 
fraud or error. 

In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
In preparing the financial report, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s ability to 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters relating to going concern and using the 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
going concern basis of accounting unless the directors either intend to liquidate the Group or to cease 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 
operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial report 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial report as a whole is 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
audit conducted in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards will always detect a material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 
decisions of users taken on the basis of this financial report. 

As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
As part of an audit in accordance with the Australian Auditing Standards, we exercise professional 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 
judgment and maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also: 

► 
► 

Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the 
override of internal control. 
override of internal control. 

►  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 
►  Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit 

procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an 
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control.  

►  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 
►  Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting 

estimates and related disclosures made by the directors. 
estimates and related disclosures made by the directors. 

►  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
►  Conclude on the appropriateness of the directors’ use of the going concern basis of accounting 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related to 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in 
concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention in 
our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are 
our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial report or, if such disclosures are 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up 
inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the audit evidence obtained up 
to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to 
to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to 
cease to continue as a going concern.  
cease to continue as a going concern.  

►  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 
►  Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial report, including the 

disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events 
disclosures, and whether the financial report represents the underlying transactions and events 
in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 
in a manner that achieves fair presentation. 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

125

Annual Report 2023 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
► Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or
► Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information of the entities or

business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are 
business activities within the Group to express an opinion on the financial report. We are 
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for the direction, supervision and performance of the Group audit. We remain solely 
responsible for our audit opinion.
responsible for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
We communicate with the directors regarding, among other matters, the planned scope and timing of 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in internal control that we 
identify during our audit.
identify during our audit.

We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
We also provide the directors with a statement that we have complied with relevant ethical 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions 
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable, actions 
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.
taken to eliminate threats or safeguards applied.

From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
From the matters communicated to the directors, we determine those matters that were of most 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
significance in the audit of the financial report of the current year and are therefore the key audit 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes public 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we determine that a matter 
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences of doing so would 
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.

Report on the audit of the Remuneration Report
Report on the audit of the Remuneration Report

Opinion on the Remuneration Report
Opinion on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 43 to 57 of the directors’ report for the 
We have audited the Remuneration Report included in pages 43 to 57 of the directors’ report for the 
year ended 30 June 2023.
year ended 30 June 2023.

In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of National Storage REIT for the year ended 30 June 2023, 
In our opinion, the Remuneration Report of National Storage REIT for the year ended 30 June 2023, 
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.
complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Responsibilities
Responsibilities
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
The directors of the Company are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
Remuneration Report in accordance with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Remuneration Report, based on our audit conducted in 
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.
accordance with Australian Auditing Standards.

Ernst & Young 
Ernst & Young 

Wade Hansen 
Wade Hansen 
Partner 
Partner 
Brisbane 
Brisbane 
23 August 2023 
23 August 2023 

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation 

ASX ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 

Additional information required by the Australian Securities Exchange and not shown elsewhere in this 
report is as follows. The information is current as at 28 July 2023 unless stated below: 

(a) Distribution of equity securities
Analysis of numbers of ordinary fully paid stapled security holders by size of holding: 

Holding 

1 
1,001 
5,001 
10,001 
100,001 
Total 

- 1,000
- 5,000
- 10,000
- 100,000
- And over

Total 
holders 
1,379 
1,988 
1,392 
2,646 
152 
7,557 

There were 456 holders of less than a marketable parcel of stapled securities, representing 21,474 units. 

(b) Equity security holders
Twenty largest quoted equity security holders
The names of the twenty largest holders of quoted equity securities as at 14 July 2023 are listed below:

Name 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
Perpetual Trustee Company Ltd 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd  
National Nominees Limited 
HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited – A/C 2 
IOOF Investment Services Ltd 
Hooks Enterprise 
BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited – A/C NZCSD 
Leyshon Investments (Australia) Pty Ltd 
Leendert Hoeksema 
Netwealth Investments Limited 
Brindle Super Pty Ltd 
Green 9 Pty Ltd 
Dorvell Pty Ltd 
Corporation of the Trustees of the Order of the Sisters of Mercy in QLD 
BNP Paribas Nominees Pty Ltd Acf Clearstream 
Navigator Australia Ltd. 
Storcat Pty Ltd 

Stapled Securities 
Number 
held 
631,305,639 
228,683,925 
150,959,391 
95,381,254 
61,423,886 
31,693,287 
16,157,808 
4,200,468 
3,380,000 
2,436,209 
2,252,449 
1,980,000 
1,908,413 
1,523,488 
1,020,408 
971,835 
885,817 
866,390 
854,899 
809,169 
1,238,694,735 

% of issued 
securities 
46.82 
16.96 
11.20 
7.07 
4.56 
2.35 
1.20 
0.31 
0.25 
0.18 
0.17 
0.15 
0.14 
0.11 
0.08 
0.07 
0.07 
0.06 
0.06 
0.06 
91.87 

123 

Annual Report 2023

127

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unquoted equity securities 

Performance rights 

Number on 
issue 
1,718,500 

Number of 
holders 
3 

(c) Substantial shareholders
Substantial securityholders, as at 14 July 2023, are set out below:

Name 

Abacus Storage Funds Management Limited 
Vanguard Investments Australia Ltd 

Number 
held 
95,381,254 
71,971,657 

Percentage 

7.1% 
5.3% 

(d) Voting rights
The voting rights attached to the ordinary fully paid stapled securities is one vote per stapled security.

124 

MONTROSE, TAS

Annual Report 2023

129

Investor 
RELATIONS

National Storage REIT is listed on the Australian 

DISTRIBUTION DETAILS

Securities Exchange under the code NSR.

Distributions are expected to be paid within 8 to 

NATIONAL STORAGE REIT SECURITIES

A stapled security comprises:

10 weeks following the end of each semi annual 

distribution period, which occur in June and December 

each year. To ensure timely receipt of your distributions, 

•  one share in National Storage Holdings Limited; and

please consider the following:

•  one unit in the National Storage Property Trust, 

stapled and traded together as one stapled security.

CONTACT DETAILS

DIRECT CREDIT

NSR encourages securityholders to receive distribution 

payments by direct credit. If you wish to register for 

All changes of name, address, Tax File Number, 

direct credit or update your payment details, log in  

payment instructions and document requests should 

to your holding online or telephone the registry on  

be directed to the registry.

SECURITIES REGISTRY

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited

GPO Box 2975 Melbourne VIC 3001 Australia

Telephone: 1300 850 505 (Australia only)

International: +61 (0) 3 9415 4000

Email using the online form:  

computershare.com/Investor/#Contact/Enquiry

ELECTRONIC INFORMATION

By registering your email address, you can then receive 

1300 850 505 for assistance.

TAX FILE NUMBER (TFN)

You are not required by law to provide your TFN, 

Australian Business Number (ABN) or exemption status. 

However, if you do not provide your TFN, ABN or 

exemption, withholding tax at the highest marginal rate 

for Australian resident members may be deducted from 

distributions paid to you. If you wish to update your TFN, 

ABN or exemption status, log in to your holding online or 

telephone the registry on 1300 850 505 for assistance.

via email notifications and announcements, distribution 

UNPRESENTED CHEQUES

statements, taxation statements and annual reports.

SECURE ACCESS TO YOUR SECURITYHOLDING

You will need to have your securityholder reference 

number or holder identification number (SRN/HIN) 

available to access your holding details.

ONLINE

You can access your securityholding information  

via link in the Investor Centre section of the 

corporate website, nationalstorageinvest.com.au, 

or via the Investor Centre link on registry website at 

computershare.com.au. To view your securityholding, 

you will need your SRN/HIN and will be asked to verify 

your registered postcode (inside Australia) or your 

country of residence (outside Australia). 

PHONE

You can confirm your holding balance, request forms 

and access distribution and trading information 

If you believe you have unpresented cheques, please 

contact the registry and request a search to assist in 

recovering your funds. If you wish to register for direct 

credit or update your payment details, log in to  

your holding online or telephone the registry on  

1300 850 505 for assistance. 

AMMA STATEMENT AND TAX GUIDE

The annual attribution managed investment trust 

member annual statement (AMMA Statement) and Tax 

Guide are dispatched to securityholders in September 

each year. A copy of the Tax Guide is available at 

nationalstorageinvest.com.au.

INVESTOR FEEDBACK

If you have any fund specific queries or feedback 

please telephone NSR Investor Relations on 1800 683 290. 

Please direct any complaints in writing to NSR Company 

Secretary at GPO Box 3239, Brisbane QLD 4001, Australia 

by phoning: 1300 850 505 (Australia only) or calling 

or via the investor feedback form available at:  

International: +61 (0) 3 9415 4000 (outside Australia).

nationalstorageinvest.com.au/investor-feedback/.

NSR CALENDAR  2023 - 2024

AUGUST

Full Year Results and Annual Report released

SEPTEMBER

Distribution paid for the six months ended 30 June
Annual AMMA Statement released  
Notice of Annual General Meeting released

OCTOBER

Annual General Meeting

FEBRUARY

Half Year Results released 
Distribution paid for six months ended 31 December

The dates listed above are indicative only 
and subject to change.

Corporate 
DIRECTORY

RESPONSIBLE ENTITY OF NSPT

National Storage Financial Services Limited (NSFL)

ACN 600 787 246 AFSL 475 228

Level 16, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

DIRECTORS

Anthony Keane 

Andrew Catsoulis

Howard Brenchley

Inma Beaumont

Scott Smith

Claire Fidler

COMPANY SECRETARY

Claire Fidler

REGISTERED OFFICE

Level 16, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

PRINCIPAL PLACE OF BUSINESS

Level 16, 1 Eagle Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

SHARE REGISTRY

Computershare Investor Services Pty Limited

452 Johnston Street, Abbotsford VIC 3067

Stapled Securities are quoted on the

Australian Securities Exchange (ASX)

AUDITORS

Ernst & Young, 111 Eagle Street, Brisbane QLD 4000

National Storage Holdings Limited  
ACN 166 572 845 (“NSH” or the “Company”)
National Storage Property Trust  
ARSN 101 227 712 (“NSPT”)
together form the stapled entity National Storage 
REIT (“NSR” or the “Consolidated Group”)

Annual Report 2023

131